WO2023017852A1 - Resin composition and material for lining material - Google Patents
Resin composition and material for lining material Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023017852A1 WO2023017852A1 PCT/JP2022/030702 JP2022030702W WO2023017852A1 WO 2023017852 A1 WO2023017852 A1 WO 2023017852A1 JP 2022030702 W JP2022030702 W JP 2022030702W WO 2023017852 A1 WO2023017852 A1 WO 2023017852A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- resin
- resin composition
- mass
- parts
- acid
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 480
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 239
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 477
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 477
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 97
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 47
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 225
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 215
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 200
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 claims description 152
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 136
- 150000007519 polyprotic acids Polymers 0.000 claims description 95
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 91
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 83
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 claims description 71
- 229920006337 unsaturated polyester resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 63
- -1 bisphenol compound Chemical class 0.000 claims description 59
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 57
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000013008 thixotropic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 128
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 84
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 69
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 65
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 52
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 51
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 49
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 48
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 48
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 46
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 45
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 43
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 37
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 37
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 35
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 34
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 33
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 30
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 30
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 29
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 28
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 21
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 19
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 16
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- CNHDIAIOKMXOLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluquinol Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=CC=C1O CNHDIAIOKMXOLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 10
- QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 10
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 10
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 9
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000005470 impregnation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QDCPNGVVOWVKJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodec-1-enylbutanedioic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC=CC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O QDCPNGVVOWVKJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CEXQWAAGPPNOQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 CEXQWAAGPPNOQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- AHDSRXYHVZECER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tris[(dimethylamino)methyl]phenol Chemical compound CN(C)CC1=CC(CN(C)C)=C(O)C(CN(C)C)=C1 AHDSRXYHVZECER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 6
- NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroquinone methyl ether Natural products COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)N1CCC(=O)CC1 RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AUFZRCJENRSRLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,5-trimethylhydroquinone Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=C(C)C(C)=C1O AUFZRCJENRSRLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910002012 Aerosil® Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [phenyl-(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphoryl]-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=C(C)C=C(C)C=C1C GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous glutaric acid Natural products OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940120693 copper naphthenate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- SEVNKWFHTNVOLD-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;3-(4-ethylcyclohexyl)propanoate;3-(3-ethylcyclopentyl)propanoate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CCC1CCC(CCC([O-])=O)C1.CCC1CCC(CCC([O-])=O)CC1 SEVNKWFHTNVOLD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 4
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000000016 photochemical curing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylenediamine Chemical compound C1CN2CCN1CC2 IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HCNHNBLSNVSJTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethane Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HCNHNBLSNVSJTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012956 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl-ketone Substances 0.000 description 3
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phthalic anhydride Natural products C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- OCBHHZMJRVXXQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl-dimethyl-tetradecylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OCBHHZMJRVXXQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2(O)CCCCC2)C=1C1(O)CCCCC1 MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 3
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 2,2-difluorocyclopropane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1CC1(F)F JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- QSAWQNUELGIYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCC1C(O)=O QSAWQNUELGIYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000003018 phosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012783 reinforcing fiber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NIDNOXCRFUCAKQ-UMRXKNAASA-N (1s,2r,3s,4r)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C1[C@H]2C=C[C@@H]1[C@H](C(=O)O)[C@@H]2C(O)=O NIDNOXCRFUCAKQ-UMRXKNAASA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZQHJVIHCDHJVII-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-2-chlorobut-2-enedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(\Cl)C(O)=O ZQHJVIHCDHJVII-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(C)CO QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KNDQHSIWLOJIGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 826-62-0 Chemical compound C1C2C3C(=O)OC(=O)C3C1C=C2 KNDQHSIWLOJIGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- NIQCNGHVCWTJSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl phthalate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC NIQCNGHVCWTJSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium oxide Chemical compound [Ba]=O QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 2
- AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KXHPPCXNWTUNSB-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl(trimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KXHPPCXNWTUNSB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- USFRYJRPHFMVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl(triphenyl)phosphanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=1C=CC=CC=1[P+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 USFRYJRPHFMVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZFVMWEVVKGLCIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol AF Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZFVMWEVVKGLCIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007664 blowing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N citraconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(/C)=C\C(O)=O HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940018557 citraconic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002788 crimping Methods 0.000 description 2
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\C(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IFDVQVHZEKPUSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohex-3-ene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCC=CC1C(O)=O IFDVQVHZEKPUSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- WOZVHXUHUFLZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl terephthalate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OC)C=C1 WOZVHXUHUFLZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XXBDWLFCJWSEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylbenzylamine Chemical compound CN(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XXBDWLFCJWSEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IIPYXGDZVMZOAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium nitrate Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O IIPYXGDZVMZOAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- KJFMBFZCATUALV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenolphthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)O1 KJFMBFZCATUALV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012643 polycondensation polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CBPYOHALYYGNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;3,5-dinitrobenzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 CBPYOHALYYGNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- CYIDZMCFTVVTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyromellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(C(O)=O)=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C(O)=O CYIDZMCFTVVTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFDHBDMSHIXOKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrophthalic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=C(C(O)=O)CCCC1 UFDHBDMSHIXOKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-crotonic acid Natural products CC=CC(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic anhydride Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006305 unsaturated polyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 2
- DJKGDNKYTKCJKD-BPOCMEKLSA-N (1s,4r,5s,6r)-1,2,3,4,7,7-hexachlorobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene-5,6-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)[C@]2(Cl)[C@H](C(=O)O)[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@]1(Cl)C2(Cl)Cl DJKGDNKYTKCJKD-BPOCMEKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUTGBJKUEZFXGO-OLQVQODUSA-N (3as,7ar)-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1CCC[C@@H]2C(=O)OC(=O)[C@@H]21 MUTGBJKUEZFXGO-OLQVQODUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMOUUZVZFBCRAM-OLQVQODUSA-N (3as,7ar)-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1C=CC[C@@H]2C(=O)OC(=O)[C@@H]21 KMOUUZVZFBCRAM-OLQVQODUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OWEYKIWAZBBXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloro-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylene Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=C(Cl)Cl)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OWEYKIWAZBBXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKSUVRWJZCEYQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethoxyethylbenzene Chemical compound COC(C)(OC)C1=CC=CC=C1 XKSUVRWJZCEYQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940031723 1,2-octanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KOMNUTZXSVSERR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-tris(prop-2-enyl)-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound C=CCN1C(=O)N(CC=C)C(=O)N(CC=C)C1=O KOMNUTZXSVSERR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXGZQGDTEZPERC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 PXGZQGDTEZPERC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALVZNPYWJMLXKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,9-Nonanediol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCO ALVZNPYWJMLXKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILBBNQMSDGAAPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(6-hydroxy-6-methylcyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-yl)propan-1-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)C1C=CC=CC1(C)O ILBBNQMSDGAAPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WERBWSLPTVDMMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxyprop-2-enylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCOC(C=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WERBWSLPTVDMMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTZVZZJJVJQZHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-ethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 KTZVZZJJVJQZHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOCJQSFSGAZAPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloroanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2Cl BOCJQSFSGAZAPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFDXQGNDWIPXQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-cyclooctyldiazocane Chemical compound C1CCCCCCC1N1NCCCCCC1 NFDXQGNDWIPXQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZZWVFPWASTIBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexoxyprop-2-enylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCOC(C=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZZWVFPWASTIBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLPJNCYCZORXHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylprop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C=CC(=O)N1CCOCC1 XLPJNCYCZORXHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INPHIYULSHLAHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pentylanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2CCCCC INPHIYULSHLAHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CISIJYCKDJSTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dichloroethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CISIJYCKDJSTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRKORVYTKKLNKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-di(propan-2-yl)thioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C(C)C)=CC(C(C)C)=C3SC2=C1 BRKORVYTKKLNKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJRJDENLRJHEJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethylpentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)CC(CC)CO OJRJDENLRJHEJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCHAFMWSFCONOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C)=CC(C)=C3SC2=C1 LCHAFMWSFCONOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYKLQMNSFPAPLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dimethylcyclohexa-2,5-diene-1,4-dione Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)C(C)=CC1=O MYKLQMNSFPAPLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWNMRZQYWRLGMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)CCC(C)(C)O ZWNMRZQYWRLGMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHJYHAOODFPJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethylhexoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COCCO OHJYHAOODFPJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZMAAYIALGURDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hexoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCOCCOCCO GZMAAYIALGURDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBASXUCJHJRPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound COCCOCCO SBASXUCJHJRPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWLALWYNXFYRGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol Chemical compound CCCC(O)C(CC)CO RWLALWYNXFYRGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OADIZUFHUPTFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-ethylhexoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COCCOCCO OADIZUFHUPTFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorothioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPGSWASWQBLSKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hexoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCOCCO UPGSWASWQBLSKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXGFMDJXCMQABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-6-methylphenol Chemical compound [CH]OC1=CC=CC([CH])=C1O KXGFMDJXCMQABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWCBGWLCXSUTHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbutane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCC(C)CCO MWCBGWLCXSUTHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODGCZQFTJDEYNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylcyclohex-3-ene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(C)C=CCCC1C(O)=O ODGCZQFTJDEYNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YTPSFXZMJKMUJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butylanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 YTPSFXZMJKMUJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIRDTMSOGDWMOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,6-tetrabromophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=C(Br)C(Br)=C(Br)C(Br)=C1C(O)=O XIRDTMSOGDWMOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYMOKRVQKMAIBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-phenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-yloxy)penta-1,4-dien-3-ylbenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=C)(C=C)OC(C=C)(C=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZYMOKRVQKMAIBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPRXNOLDOXHXIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcyclohex-4-ene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1C=CCC(C(O)=O)C1C(O)=O ZPRXNOLDOXHXIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXYTXCXWNITTLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1CCCC(C(O)=O)C1C(O)=O WXYTXCXWNITTLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXFJDZNJHVPHPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound OCCC(C)CCO SXFJDZNJHVPHPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUICYYOYEXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-tert-butylbenzene-1,2-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1O JIGUICYYOYEXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BATCUENAARTUKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)-diphenylmethyl]phenol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 BATCUENAARTUKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPLCXHWYPWVJDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1NC(=O)OC1 ZPLCXHWYPWVJDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMPGNGRIGSEMTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl]phenol Chemical compound C1C(C)CC(C)(C)CC1(C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 UMPGNGRIGSEMTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJWIRZQYWANBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(4-hydroxy-3-propan-2-ylphenyl)propan-2-yl]-2-propan-2-ylphenol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C=2C=C(C(O)=CC=2)C(C)C)=C1 IJWIRZQYWANBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDBAMNGURPMUTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)propan-2-yl]cyclohexan-1-ol Chemical compound C1CC(O)CCC1C(C)(C)C1CCC(O)CC1 CDBAMNGURPMUTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVFQHGDIOXNKIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-[3-[2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propan-2-yl]phenyl]propan-2-yl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=CC(C(C)(C)C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PVFQHGDIOXNKIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXBYUPMEYVDXIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound CC1CCCC2C(=O)OC(=O)C12 QXBYUPMEYVDXIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPEKVUUBSDFMDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound CC1C=CCC2C(=O)OC(=O)C12 XPEKVUUBSDFMDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZPUIHVHPSUCHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylcyclohex-4-ene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1=CCC(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)C1 YZPUIHVHPSUCHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWVFNWVZBAWOOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylcyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1CCC(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)C1 YWVFNWVZBAWOOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XESZUVZBAMCAEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylcatechol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 XESZUVZBAMCAEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVCSARBUZVPSQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2,4-dioxooxolan-3-yl)-7-methyl-3a,4,5,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1C(C(OC2=O)=O)C2C(C)=CC1C1C(=O)COC1=O FVCSARBUZVPSQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKBMTBAXDISZGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1C(C)CCC2C(=O)OC(=O)C12 FKBMTBAXDISZGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEMSKMUAMXLNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1C(C)=CCC2C(=O)OC(=O)C12 OEMSKMUAMXLNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWSKJDNQKGCKPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methyl-3a,4,5,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1CC(C)=CC2C(=O)OC(=O)C12 MWSKJDNQKGCKPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOWWYDCFAISREI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol AP Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 VOWWYDCFAISREI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTVITOHKHWFJKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol B Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HTVITOHKHWFJKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GIXXQTYGFOHYPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol P Chemical compound C=1C=C(C(C)(C)C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GIXXQTYGFOHYPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDDLEVPIDBLVHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol Z Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)CCCCC1 SDDLEVPIDBLVHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical class C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004641 Diallyl-phthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- ALQSHHUCVQOPAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCO ALQSHHUCVQOPAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002978 Vinylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UXRNWUYCCQFHIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CO)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C UXRNWUYCCQFHIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDODWINGEHBYRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCCCC1CO XDODWINGEHBYRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUSFFPXRDZKBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCCC(CO)C1 LUSFFPXRDZKBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IETYNJBCXVFYIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(2-tert-butylperoxypropan-2-yl)phenyl]-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IETYNJBCXVFYIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCC(CO)CC1 YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005396 acrylic acid ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004844 aliphatic epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006231 aramid fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RQPZNWPYLFFXCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ba+2] RQPZNWPYLFFXCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001863 barium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZPOLOEWJWXZUSP-AATRIKPKSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) (e)-but-2-enedioate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)\C=C\C(=O)OCC=C ZPOLOEWJWXZUSP-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUDWYFHPNIMBFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) benzene-1,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC=C QUDWYFHPNIMBFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene group Chemical group C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMRWNKZVCUKKSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCC(O)CO BMRWNKZVCUKKSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWBTYPJTUOEWEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-2,3-diol Chemical compound CC(O)C(C)O OWBTYPJTUOEWEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ca+2] BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000292 calcium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Inorganic materials [Ca]=O ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N cis-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBZSBBLNHFMTEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCC(C(O)=O)C1 XBZSBBLNHFMTEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012973 diazabicyclooctane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940028356 diethylene glycol monobutyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VNGOYPQMJFJDLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl benzene-1,3-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)OC)=C1 VNGOYPQMJFJDLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- KGGOIDKBHYYNIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ditert-butyl 4-[3,4-bis(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzoyl]benzene-1,2-dicarboperoxoate Chemical compound C1=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)C)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)C)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)C)=C1 KGGOIDKBHYYNIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BXKDSDJJOVIHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N edrophonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](C)(C)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 BXKDSDJJOVIHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ANSXAPJVJOKRDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,4-f][2]benzofuran-1,3,5,7-tetrone Chemical compound C1=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=CC2=C1C(=O)OC2=O ANSXAPJVJOKRDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FLBJFXNAEMSXGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N het anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C2C1C1(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C2(Cl)C1(Cl)Cl FLBJFXNAEMSXGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical compound OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005397 methacrylic acid ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002762 monocarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002780 morpholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYTZHLUVELPASH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(C(O)=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 KYTZHLUVELPASH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- LJZULWUXNKDPCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)CO LJZULWUXNKDPCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AEIJTFQOBWATKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)CO AEIJTFQOBWATKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEIJHBUUFURJLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-1,8-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCO OEIJHBUUFURJLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)C1 JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001568 phenolic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003531 phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001228 polyisocyanate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005056 polyisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- HJWLCRVIBGQPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enylbenzene Chemical compound C=CCC1=CC=CC=C1 HJWLCRVIBGQPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010865 sewage Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004154 testing of material Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009974 thixotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007964 xanthones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F283/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G
- C08F283/01—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G on to unsaturated polyesters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/02—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated end groups
- C08F290/06—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
- C08F290/14—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G59/00—Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
- C08G59/14—Polycondensates modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08G59/1433—Polycondensates modified by chemical after-treatment with organic low-molecular-weight compounds
- C08G59/1438—Polycondensates modified by chemical after-treatment with organic low-molecular-weight compounds containing oxygen
- C08G59/1455—Monocarboxylic acids, anhydrides, halides, or low-molecular-weight esters thereof
- C08G59/1461—Unsaturated monoacids
- C08G59/1466—Acrylic or methacrylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G63/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G63/02—Polyesters derived from hydroxycarboxylic acids or from polycarboxylic acids and polyhydroxy compounds
- C08G63/12—Polyesters derived from hydroxycarboxylic acids or from polycarboxylic acids and polyhydroxy compounds derived from polycarboxylic acids and polyhydroxy compounds
- C08G63/52—Polycarboxylic acids or polyhydroxy compounds in which at least one of the two components contains aliphatic unsaturation
- C08G63/54—Polycarboxylic acids or polyhydroxy compounds in which at least one of the two components contains aliphatic unsaturation the acids or hydroxy compounds containing carbocyclic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/04—Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with loose or coherent fibrous material
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16L—PIPES; JOINTS OR FITTINGS FOR PIPES; SUPPORTS FOR PIPES, CABLES OR PROTECTIVE TUBING; MEANS FOR THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16L55/00—Devices or appurtenances for use in, or in connection with, pipes or pipe systems
- F16L55/16—Devices for covering leaks in pipes or hoses, e.g. hose-menders
- F16L55/162—Devices for covering leaks in pipes or hoses, e.g. hose-menders from inside the pipe
- F16L55/165—Devices for covering leaks in pipes or hoses, e.g. hose-menders from inside the pipe a pipe or flexible liner being inserted in the damaged section
Definitions
- the present invention relates to resin compositions and materials for lining materials.
- Patent Document 1 a tubular lining material is brought into close contact with the inner wall surface of an existing pipe buried in the ground, and while compressed air is supplied to the inside of the lining material, air is introduced into the lining material.
- a method for repairing an existing pipe is disclosed, which includes a curing step of curing the lining material by irradiating the inner surface of the lining material with light using a mobile light irradiation device.
- an impregnated substrate made of fibers or the like impregnated with a photocurable resin composition can be used as a material for the lining material. It is described that a polymerizable resin dissolved in a solvent such as styrene can be used.
- the resin composition used as the material for the lining material preferably has a low viscosity so that the substrate can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
- the lining material when placed on the inner surface of the existing pipe and applied, it has a viscosity that allows it to be uniformly distributed in the impregnated base material and maintained so that the resin composition is not unevenly distributed.
- the present invention has been made to solve the above problems, and provides a resin composition having a low viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared and having an appropriately controlled thickening rate. With the goal.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a lining material containing the resin composition.
- a resin composition used for a lining material for pipe rehabilitation a resin (A); an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B); a thickener (C); containing a photopolymerization initiator (D),
- the viscosity at 25 ° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is 0.1 to 3.0 Pa s
- a resin composition having a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa ⁇ s at 25° C. at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparation of the resin composition is 0.1 to 3.0 Pa s
- a resin composition having a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa ⁇ s at 25° C. at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparation of the resin composition are examples of the viscosity at 25 ° C.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1) includes an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and a polybasic acid anhydride (a1- 3) is an addition reaction product of the resin precursor (P2), which is the reaction product of 3), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4),
- the total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 5 to 25 mols per 100 mols of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1). , the resin composition according to the above [4].
- the vinyl ester resin (A1) is a resin precursor (P3) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) and the resin composition according to [4] above, which is a reaction product of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
- the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is a reaction product of a diol (a2-1) and a dibasic acid (a2-2),
- the diol (a2-1) contains 43 to 85 mol% of the diol (a2-1-1), which is an alkanediol having a molecular weight of 90 to 500, relative to 100 mol% of the diol (a2-1)
- the dibasic acid (a2-2) includes an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2), the above [ 4].
- a resin composition that has a low viscosity one hour after the preparation of the resin composition and that has a moderately controlled thickening rate. Also, a material for a lining material containing the resin composition can be provided.
- (Meth)acrylic acid is a generic term for acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
- (meth)acrylate is a generic term for acrylate and methacrylate
- (meth)acryloyl is a generic term for acryloyl and methacryloyl.
- the “acid value” of resin (A) is the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of resin (A), measured by a method conforming to JIS K6901:2008. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
- the "hydroxyl value" of resin (A) is mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid generated by acetylation of 1 g of resin (A), measured by a method conforming to JIS K6901:2008. is a number. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
- Weight average molecular weight Mw (hereinafter also simply referred to as "Mw")
- Numberer average molecular weight Mn (hereinafter also simply referred to as "Mn”) are obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement. It is the standard polystyrene equivalent molecular weight that is used. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
- the "viscosity" of the resin (A) is a value obtained by measuring a mixture of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) using an E-type viscometer at a temperature of 25°C. is. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
- the “viscosity” of the resin composition is a value measured at a temperature of 25° C. using a Brookfield viscometer. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
- the term "acid group derived from a polybasic acid anhydride” means a free acid group generated from a polybasic acid anhydride unless otherwise specified.
- the resin composition of the present embodiment is a resin composition used for a lining material for pipe rehabilitation, comprising a resin (A), an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), a thickener (C), and a photopolymerization initiator (D).
- the viscosity at 25 ° C. 1 hour after preparing the resin composition is 0.1 to 3 Pa s, and at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparing the resin composition. It has a viscosity of 400 to 3500 Pa ⁇ s at 25°C.
- the viscosity at 25 ° C. one hour after preparing the resin composition is the resin composition one hour after the resin composition is produced by mixing all the components constituting the resin composition.
- the viscosity at 25°C refers to the viscosity at 25°C. Further, the viscosity at 25 ° C. at least one of 2 days after preparing the resin composition and 5 days after preparing the resin composition, the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), and the thickener It refers to the viscosity at 25° C. at least one of 2 days and 5 days after mixing all of (C) and photopolymerization initiator (D), that is, after producing a resin composition containing all of the above components.
- the resin composition has an appropriately controlled thickening rate.
- the resin composition used for the lining material for pipe rehabilitation is required to have a low viscosity so as to facilitate impregnation when the fiber base material (F) described later is impregnated with the resin composition.
- the resin composition contained in the lining material should have a viscosity that allows it to be uniformly distributed in the fiber base material (F) without being unevenly distributed. is required.
- the resin composition of the present embodiment has a viscosity of 0.1 to 3.0 Pa s at 25 ° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition, so that the resin can be The composition can efficiently and sufficiently impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the resin composition has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa s at least one of 2 days and 5 days after the preparation of the resin composition at 25 ° C.
- the fiber base material in the lining material The flow of the resin composition impregnated with (F) is suppressed, the resin composition is not unevenly distributed, and the lining material has excellent shape retention.
- the viscosity at 25°C of at least one of two days and five days after preparation of the resin composition is within the above range, the lining material is imparted with appropriate flexibility, and during pipe rehabilitation. Ease of construction is improved. The use of such a lining material makes it possible to suitably repair pipes.
- the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour has passed is preferably 0.2 to 2.8 Pa ⁇ s, more preferably 0.3 to 2.0 Pa ⁇ s. 5 Pa ⁇ s, more preferably 0.4 to 2.3 Pa ⁇ s.
- the viscosity of at least one of the resin composition after 2 days and 5 days after preparation is preferably 400 to 3,500 Pa ⁇ . s, more preferably 450 to 2,500 Pa ⁇ s, still more preferably 500 to 2,000 Pa ⁇ s.
- the resin (A) is not particularly limited, but preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated group.
- the resin (A) include vinyl ester resin (A1), unsaturated polyester resin (A2), urethane (meth)acrylate resin (A3), polyester (meth)acrylate resin (A4), (meth)acrylate resin ( A5) and the like.
- the resin (A) contains at least one selected from the vinyl ester resin (A1) and the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) from the viewpoint of moderately controlling the viscosity increase rate and the ease of pipe rehabilitation work. is preferred. These resins may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1) is not particularly limited as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated group, and examples thereof include the following (A1-1) to (A1-5).
- ⁇ Vinyl ester resin (A1-1) reaction product of epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2)
- Vinyl ester resin (A1- 2) A resin precursor (P1) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and a polybasic acid anhydride Addition reaction product with product (a1-4)
- the hydroxyl value of the vinyl ester resin (A1) is preferably 10 mg KOH/g or more, more preferably 15 mg KOH/g or more, and still more preferably 20 mg KOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening rate of the resin composition. Also, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition, it is preferably 120 mg KOH/g or less, more preferably 110 mg KOH/g or less, and even more preferably 100 mg KOH/g or less. These resins may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) thickens the resin composition due to the interaction between the hydroxy group formed by the ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the thickener (C).
- the resin composition contains the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), it becomes easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and to adjust the physical properties of the cured product of the resin composition.
- the weight-average molecular weight Mw of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and still more preferably 800 or more, from the viewpoint of more efficient thickening. is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and still more preferably 1,200 or less, from the viewpoint of controlling the
- the number average molecular weight Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and still more preferably 600 or more, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition. From the viewpoint of controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 1,500 or less, more preferably 1,200 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.
- the Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of the synthesis conditions. is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.7 or less, and still more preferably 1.5 or less from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening rate.
- Mw/Mn is an index of molecular weight distribution, and when it is 1, it indicates a monodisperse polymer, and the larger this ratio, the wider the molecular weight distribution.
- the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-
- the total amount of acid groups in 2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more, preferably 120 mol or less, more preferably 110 mol or less, More preferably, it is 105 mol or less.
- the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is not used.
- the reaction epoxy group does not remain, and the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 100 mol with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). Preferably.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is a resin precursor (P1 ) to which polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is further added.
- P1 polybasic acid anhydride
- the resin composition contains the vinyl ester resin (A1-2), it becomes easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. In addition, it becomes easier to control the viscosity and the physical properties of the cured product after one hour from the preparation of the resin composition.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is a vinyl ester resin (A1 Compared to -1), the total amount of hydroxy groups is reduced, and the viscosity is reduced 1 hour after the resin composition is prepared. As a result, as compared with the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), the impregnating property into the fiber base material (F), which will be described later, is better.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) has a carboxyl group introduced by the addition of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4), compared to the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), the thickener (C) The interaction with is improved, and the thickening speed of the resin composition is improved.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) has a wider molecular weight distribution and a higher molecular weight than the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), after 2 days and 5 days from the preparation of the resin composition At least one of the viscosity tends to be high.
- the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is preferably 800 or more, more preferably 900 or more, and still more preferably 1,000 or more, from the viewpoint of more efficiently thickening the resin composition. It is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,800 or less, and still more preferably 1,600 or less, from the viewpoint of controlling the viscosity and the thickening rate one hour after the composition is prepared.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and still more preferably 600 or more, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition. It is preferably 1,300 or less, more preferably 1,200 or less, and still more preferably 1,100 or less, from the viewpoint of controlling the viscosity and the thickening rate one hour after the composition is prepared.
- Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is preferably 0.6 or more, more preferably 1.0 or more, and still more preferably 1.2 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of the synthesis conditions. , preferably 5.0 or less, more preferably 3.0 or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the physical properties of the resin composition and controlling the viscosity and the thickening rate after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition, More preferably, it is 2.0 or less.
- the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-
- the total amount of acid groups in 2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more, preferably 120 mol or less, more preferably 110 mol or less, More preferably, it is 105 mol or less.
- the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is not used. It is preferable that no reaction epoxy groups remain, and the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 100 mol with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). Preferably.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- the amount is preferably 3 to 60 mol, more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol.
- the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the amount necessary for increasing the thickening rate of the resin composition.
- the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 60 mol or less, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) of the present embodiment includes an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and a polybasic acid anhydride. It is an addition reaction product between the resin precursor (P2), which is the reaction product of (a1-3), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4).
- P2 the resin precursor
- a1-4 the polybasic acid anhydride
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is obtained by reacting the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) with the carboxyl group of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to form the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). is ring-opened to generate a hydroxy group, polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is ring-opening addition to the hydroxy group, and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is generated by ring-opening addition The resulting carboxyl group further reacts with the unreacted epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) to crosslink and polymerize.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) has a higher molecular weight and a wider molecular weight distribution than the vinyl ester resins (A1-1) and (A1-2). Therefore, the speed of thickening is improved, and the viscosity of the resin composition tends to be high at least either two days or five days after preparation. Further, since the polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-3) and (a1-4) are added to the hydroxy groups formed by ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the vinyl ester resin (A1-1 ) and (A1-2), the total amount of hydroxy groups is reduced, and the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is reduced.
- the weight-average molecular weight Mw of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is preferably 1,500 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, still more preferably 4,000 or more, from the viewpoint of more efficient thickening. It is preferably 6,000 or more, preferably 35,000 or less, more preferably 25,000 or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared and controlling the thickening speed. More preferably, it is 15,000 or less.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) preferably has a high molecular weight, preferably 5,000 or more. , more preferably 7,000 or more, and still more preferably 9,000 or more.
- the number average molecular weight Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 700 or more, and still more preferably 900 or more, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition. From the viewpoint of suppressing the increase in viscosity one hour after preparation and controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 2,500 or less, more preferably 1,800 or less, and still more preferably 1,600 or less. In particular, when the viscosity of the resin composition two days after preparation is 400 to 3,500 Pa s, the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) preferably has a high molecular weight, preferably 900 or more, and more It is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,200 or more.
- Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 3.0 or more, and still more preferably 4.0 or more from the viewpoint of easy control of the synthesis conditions, and the resin composition From the viewpoint of suppressing variation in physical properties of the product, suppressing an increase in viscosity one hour after the preparation of the resin composition, and controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 18 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 10. It is below.
- the viscosity of the resin composition two days after preparation is 400 to 3,500 Pa s, it is preferably 4.0 or more, more preferably 5.0 or more, and still more preferably 6.0 or more. be.
- the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- the total amount of acid groups in is preferably 75 to 95 mol, more preferably 77 to 93 mol, and still more preferably 79 to 91 mol.
- the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability. Further, when the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 95 mol or less, the reaction product of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) The basic acid anhydride (a1-3) is sufficiently crosslinked to easily obtain a resin composition having good thickening properties.
- the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 100 moles of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- the total amount of derived acid groups is preferably 5 to 25 mol, more preferably 7 to 23 mol, still more preferably 9 to 21 mol.
- the total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 5 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1), Crosslinking of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) increases the molecular weight of the vinyl ester resin (A1), and can effectively thicken the resin composition.
- the total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 25 mol or less, the degree of crosslinking of the epoxy compound (a1-1) can be easily controlled. , the gelling during the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is suppressed, and the thickening rate of the resin composition can be easily controlled.
- an acid group derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) (the "acid group” referred to here is the polybasic acid anhydride (a1 -3) is an acid group generated by hydrolysis.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is a dibasic acid anhydride, the number of acid groups generated from one molecule is 2.
- the total amount of acid groups derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 105 mol per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1). By doing so, the amount of unreacted epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1) is reduced, making it easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the total amount of acid groups derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 125 mol or less, so that the gel during synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) conversion is suppressed, and the residual unreacted unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) in the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is suppressed, and the resin composition It is possible to suppress the influence on the thickening speed.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) by reacting the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) with the resin precursor (P2), a reaction mechanism similar to that of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) and plays a role of cross-linking the epoxy compound (a1-1) or introducing a carboxyl group into the resin precursor (P2). That is, the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is added to the hydroxy group produced by the ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and produces a carboxy group.
- This carboxy group reacts with the unreacted epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) to proceed with crosslinking, and after all the epoxy groups have reacted, the carboxy group derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is A carboxy group is introduced into the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) while remaining as it is.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is preferably 3 to 60 mol per 100 mol of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol. If the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the amount necessary for increasing the viscosity thickening rate of the resin composition.
- the carboxy group of is introduced into the vinyl ester resin (A1-3), and the hydroxy group generated by ring-opening the epoxy group derived from the epoxy compound (a1-1) is the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is consumed by the addition of , and it is possible to suppress the increase in viscosity one hour after the preparation of the resin composition. Further, when the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 60 mol or less, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) of the present embodiment is a resin precursor (a resin precursor ( P3) and the reaction product of unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
- a resin precursor P3
- the reaction product of unsaturated monobasic acid a1-2
- the resin composition thickens due to the interaction between the hydroxy group generated by the ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the thickener (C).
- the weight-average molecular weight Mw of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and still more preferably 800 or more, from the viewpoint of more efficient thickening. is preferably 6,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 4,500 or less, from the viewpoint of controlling the
- the number average molecular weight Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and still more preferably 600 or more, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition. From the viewpoint of controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 2,500 or less, more preferably 2,200 or less, and still more preferably 2,000 or less.
- Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and still more preferably 1.3 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of synthesis conditions. From the viewpoint of suppressing variations in physical properties of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 2.3 or less.
- Mw/Mn is an index of molecular weight distribution, and when it is 1, it indicates a monodisperse polymer, and the larger this ratio, the wider the molecular weight distribution.
- the amount of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is the total amount of hydroxyl groups of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). is preferably 10 mol or more, more preferably 20 mol or more, still more preferably 25 mol or more, preferably 70 mol or less, more preferably 60 mol or less, further preferably 50 mol or less. be.
- the total amount of hydroxyl groups in the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is 10 mol or more with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1), the molecular weight distribution of the vinyl ester resin (A1) is widened. , it becomes easier to control the ultimate viscosity of the resin composition. Further, when the total amount of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is 70 mol or less per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-
- the total amount of acid groups in 2) is preferably 30 mol or more, more preferably 40 mol or more, still more preferably 50 mol or more, preferably 120 mol or less, more preferably 100 mol or less, More preferably, it is 80 mol or less.
- the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 30 mol or more with respect to the total amount of epoxy groups of 100 mol of the epoxy compound (a1-1), vinyl ester resin (A1-4) Since a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups are introduced in , the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability.
- the unsaturated The total amount of acid groups in the monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferably 120 mol or less.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is a resin precursor (P3) and a resin precursor (P4) which is a reaction product of an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and an unsaturated polybasic acid (a1- 6), wherein the resin precursor (P3) is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) is.
- the resin composition thickens due to the interaction between the compound (C) and the hydroxy group generated by ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- the resin composition contains the vinyl ester resin (A1-5)
- the weight-average molecular weight Mw of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and still more preferably 800 or more, from the viewpoint of more efficient thickening. is preferably 6,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 4,500 or less, from the viewpoint of controlling the
- the number average molecular weight Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and still more preferably 600 or more, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition. From the viewpoint of controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and still more preferably 1,300 or less.
- Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and still more preferably 1.3 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of the synthesis conditions. From the viewpoint of suppressing variations in physical properties of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 2.3 or less.
- Mw/Mn is an index of molecular weight distribution, and when it is 1, it indicates a monodisperse polymer, and the larger this ratio, the wider the molecular weight distribution.
- the amount of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is the total amount of hydroxyl groups of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). is preferably 10 mol or more, more preferably 15 mol or more, still more preferably 20 mol or more, preferably 70 mol or less, more preferably 60 mol or less, further preferably 50 mol or less. be.
- the molecular weight distribution of the vinyl ester resin (A1) is widened. , it is easy to control the ultimate viscosity of the resin composition. Further, when the total amount of hydroxyl groups in the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is 70 mol or less with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1), it is easy to control the thickening rate of the resin composition. .
- the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-
- the total amount of acid groups in 2) is preferably 30 mol or more, more preferably 40 mol or more, still more preferably 50 mol or more, preferably 120 mol or less, more preferably 100 mol or less, More preferably, it is 80 mol or less.
- the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability.
- unreacted epoxy is added to the vinyl ester resin (A1-1). It is preferable that no groups remain, and the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 120 mol or less with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). is preferred.
- the amount of the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) in the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1- 6) is preferably in an amount of 0.5 mol or more, more preferably 1 mol or more, still more preferably 3 mol or more, preferably 15 mol or less, more preferably 10 mol or less, still more preferably 8 mol or less.
- the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) is 0.5 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is sufficiently Since a certain amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups are introduced, the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability. Further, from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening speed, the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) is preferably 15 mol or less per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- Epoxy compound (a1-1) is a compound having two epoxy groups in one molecule, and monomers, oligomers and polymers in general can be used, and the molecular weight and molecular structure are not particularly limited.
- the epoxy compounds (a1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the epoxy compound (a1-1) include bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol AF type epoxy resin; phenol novolac type epoxy resin; tert -butylcatechol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, linear aliphatic epoxy resin, epoxy resin having a butadiene structure, alicyclic Epoxy resins, heterocyclic epoxy resins, spiro ring-containing epoxy resins, cyclohexanedimethanol-type epoxy resins, naphthylene ether-type epoxy resins, and the like.
- bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol AF type epoxy resin
- phenol novolac type epoxy resin tert -but
- one or more selected from bisphenol-type epoxy resins and phenol novolac-type epoxy resins are preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive increase in the reaching viscosity of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed, and bisphenol A-type epoxy resins.
- bisphenol F-type epoxy resin, bisphenol S-type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF-type epoxy resin, and phenol novolak-type epoxy resin are more preferable, and bisphenol A-type epoxy resin is more preferable.
- the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (a1-1) is obtained without gelation of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), and at least either 2 days or 5 days after the resin composition is prepared. From the viewpoint of controlling the viscosity and the thickening rate, it is preferably 170 to 1,000, more preferably 170 to 500, still more preferably 170 to 400, and even more preferably 170 to 300.
- the epoxy compound (a1-1) is preferably liquid at 25° C., and preferably has an epoxy equivalent of 300 or less. .
- the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferably a monocarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- unsaturated monobasic acids include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid and the like. Among them, at least one selected from (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid is preferable from the viewpoint of versatility, reactivity during synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A), and obtaining a resin composition having good curability. , (meth)acrylic acid is more preferred, and from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, methacrylic acid is even more preferred.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is a compound having a plurality of carboxy groups in one molecule, and at least two carboxy groups undergo dehydration condensation to form an acid anhydride.
- dibasic acid anhydride is used from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1), ease of control of the molecular weight and acid value, and moderate control of the viscosity of the resin composition.
- Polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-3) examples include maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-methyl-1,2,3, 6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-methyl-hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methyl-hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl-3,6-endomethylene -1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride and the like.
- maleic anhydride and phthalic anhydride are preferred, and maleic anhydride is more preferred, from the viewpoints of availability, reactivity, ease of handling during synthesis, and the like.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is a compound having a plurality of carboxy groups in one molecule, and at least two carboxy groups undergo dehydration condensation to form an acid anhydride. Among them, from the viewpoint of ease of handling during synthesis of the vinyl ester resins (A1-2) and (A1-3), ease of control of molecular weight and acid value, and good viscosity characteristics of the resin composition, Dibasic anhydrides are preferred. Polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) include those similar to the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3), and maleic anhydride is more preferred. The polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) may be the same or different.
- the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is not particularly limited in its molecular weight and molecular structure.
- the bisphenol compound (a1-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) include bisphenol A, bisphenol AP, bisphenol AF, bisphenol B, bisphenol BP, bisphenol C, bisphenol E, bisphenol F, bisphenol G, bisphenol M, bisphenol S, bisphenol P, bisphenol PH. , bisphenol TMC, bisphenol Z, and the like.
- At least one or more selected from bisphenol A, bisphenol E, bisphenol F, and bisphenol S is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive increase in the reaching viscosity of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed.
- bisphenol E, and bisphenol F are more preferred, and bisphenol A is even more preferred from the viewpoint of corrosion resistance, versatility, and cost.
- the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) is a compound having two or more carboxyl groups and one or more unsaturated groups in one molecule, and its molecular weight and molecular structure are not particularly limited.
- the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of unsaturated polybasic acids (a1-6) include maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, chloromaleic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, phthalic acid, itaconic acid, tetrahydro phthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and the like.
- maleic anhydride and fumaric acid succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid are preferred, succinic acid, fumaric acid, and maleic anhydride are more preferred, and fumaric acid is even more preferred, from the viewpoint of production costs.
- the vinyl ester resins (A1-2) and (A1-3) may be blended to appropriately control the thickening speed. If desired, the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) may be blended, and if it is desired to improve the thickening speed, the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) may be blended. Vinyl ester resin (A1-3) may be blended in order to increase the viscosity at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparation. In this way, resins suitable for desired viscosity behavior may be used singly or in combination.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1) is preferably a vinyl ester resin (A1-3), that is, the vinyl ester resin (A1) is an epoxy resin having two epoxy groups in one molecule.
- Compound (a1-1), resin precursor (P2) which is a reaction product of unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3), and polybasic acid anhydride (a1- 4) is preferably an addition reaction product.
- the total amount of acid groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is preferably 5 to 25 mols per 100 mols of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- Unsaturated polyester resin (A2) As the unsaturated polyester resin, one obtained by subjecting an unsaturated dibasic acid, and optionally a dibasic acid component containing a saturated dibasic acid, to an esterification reaction with a polyhydric alcohol can be used.
- the unsaturated dibasic acid and the saturated dibasic acid include those described in WO2016/171151, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the polyhydric alcohol is not particularly limited, examples thereof include those described in WO2016/171151, as in the case of the urethane (meth)acrylate resin.
- the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) in the present embodiment contains diol (a2-1-1), which is an alkanediol having a molecular weight of 90 to 500, in an amount of 43 to 85 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of diol (a2-1).
- the diol (a2-1) containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and a dibasic acid containing an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) ( It is preferably a reaction product with a2-2).
- the acid value of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is preferably 3 mg KOH/g or more, more preferably 5 mg KOH/g or more, and still more preferably 8 mg KOH, from the viewpoint of obtaining a lining material having flexibility while maintaining excellent shape retention. /g, and from the viewpoint of promoting thickening of the resin composition, it is preferably 25 mg KOH/g or less, more preferably 20 mg KOH/g or less, and even more preferably 16 mg KOH/g or less.
- the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is preferably 5, from the viewpoint of accelerating the thickening speed of the resin composition and obtaining a lining material having flexibility while maintaining excellent shape retention.
- the number-average molecular weight (Mn) of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is preferably 1, 1, 1, 2 from the viewpoint of promoting the thickening speed of the resin composition and obtaining a flexible lining material with excellent shape retention. 000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and still more preferably 2,000 or more. It is preferably 7,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 4,000 or less.
- the ratio Mw/Mn between the weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is not particularly limited, it accelerates the thickening speed, has excellent shape retention, and has flexibility. From the viewpoint of obtaining a lining material, it is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less, and from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and still more preferably 2 or more. is.
- the content ratio (molar ratio) of the structural unit derived from the diol (a2-1) contained in the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the structural unit derived from the dibasic acid (a2-2) is determined by dehydration condensation polymerization. It is preferably 40:60 to 60:40, more preferably 45:55 to 55:45, still more preferably 50:50, from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening speed by obtaining an unsaturated polyester having the desired molecular weight. .
- the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) in the resin composition is the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer ( It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of B).
- the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition when impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is reduced to easier to lower.
- the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) in the resin composition is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. parts, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
- the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Further, if the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition when impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is more likely to be lowered.
- Diol (a2-1) is a compound having two hydroxy groups in one molecule.
- the diol (a2-1) contains 43-85 mol % of an alkanediol (a2-1-1) having a molecular weight of 90-500.
- the diol (a2-1) includes, in addition to the alkanediol (a2-1-1), an alkanediol (a2-1-2) different from the alkanediol (a2-1-1), an alkanediol (a2-1- 1) and other diols different from the alkanediol (a2-1-2).
- alkanediol (a2-1-1) is an alkanediol having a molecular weight of 90 to 500, and is a compound in which hydrogen atoms bonded to two carbon atoms of a hydrocarbon are each substituted with a hydroxy group.
- the alkanediol (a2-1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Since alkanediol (a2-1-1) does not contain polar groups other than hydroxy groups or atoms with high electronegativity in the molecule, compared to polyoxyalkylene polyols with ether bonds, interaction is small.
- the resin composition contains an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) which is a reaction product of the alkanediol (a2-1-1) and the dibasic acid (a2-2), thereby reducing the hygroscopicity of the resin composition. This suppresses the change in viscosity after the resin composition is thickened, resulting in excellent viscosity stability.
- A2 unsaturated polyester resin
- the molecular weight of the alkanediol (a2-1-1) is from the viewpoint of further reducing the hygroscopicity of the resin composition, suppressing the viscosity change after thickening the resin composition, and obtaining a resin composition having excellent viscosity stability. , preferably 95 or more, more preferably 100 or more, still more preferably 103 or more, and preferably 400 or less, more preferably 300 or less, still more preferably 250 or less from the viewpoint of ease of production and production cost.
- alkanediol (a2-1-1) examples include 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butane Diol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-diethyl -1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1,2-octanediol, 1,2- nonanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonane
- 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, bisphenol A hydrides are used from the viewpoint of obtaining a resin composition having excellent viscosity stability after thickening. is preferred, and 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol is preferred from the viewpoint of availability and production cost.
- the content of the alkanediol (a2-1-1) in the diol (a2-1) reduces the hygroscopicity of the resin composition more than 100 mol % of the diol (a2-1), and increases the resin composition.
- the amount is 43 mol% or more, preferably 45 mol% or more, and more preferably 48 mol% or more.
- it is preferably 85 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less, and still more preferably 75 mol % or less.
- the total content of the alkanediol (a2-1-1) in the diol (a2-1) and the later-described alkanediol (a2-1-2) is based on 100 mol% of the total amount of the diol (a2-1).
- it is preferably 70 mol% or more, More preferably 80 mol % or more, still more preferably 90 mol % or more, and even more preferably 100 mol %.
- the alkanediol (a2-1-2) is an alkanediol different from the alkanediol (a2-1-1) and does not contain alkanediols with a molecular weight of 90-500.
- the molecular weight of the alkanediol (a1-2) is preferably 60 or more, more preferably 65 or more, and still more preferably 70 or more, from the viewpoint of viscosity stability after thickening the resin composition. From the viewpoint of cost, it is preferably 85 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and even more preferably 78 or less.
- Examples of the alkanediol (a2-1-2) include ethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
- propylene glycol is more preferable from the viewpoint of viscosity stability after thickening the resin composition.
- the content of the alkanediol (a2-1-2) in the diol (a2-1) is determined based on 100 mol % of the diol (a2-1) when synthesizing the unsaturated polyester resin (A2). 15 mol% or more, preferably 20 mol% or more, and more preferably 25 mol% or more. Further, from the viewpoint of further reducing the hygroscopicity of the resin composition, suppressing the change in viscosity after thickening the resin composition, and obtaining a resin composition having excellent viscosity stability after thickening, it is preferably 57 mol% or less. is 55 mol % or less, more preferably 52 mol % or less.
- Other diols are diols different from alkanediol (a2-1-1) and alkanediol (a2-1-2).
- the molecular weight of the other diol is preferably 70 or more, more preferably 85 or more, and still more preferably 100 or more from the viewpoint of production cost and good toughness of the cured product. , preferably 500 or less, more preferably 300 or less, still more preferably 150 or less.
- Other diols include, for example, polyoxyalkylene polyols such as diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol. Among these, diethylene glycol and dipropylene glycol are more preferable from the viewpoint of production cost and toughness of the cured product.
- the dibasic acid (a2-2) includes an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2).
- the dibasic acid (a2-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) is a compound having two carboxy groups and one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, and its molecular weight and molecular structure are particularly Not limited.
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) in the dibasic acid (a2-2) is From the viewpoint of the mechanical strength of the cured product, it is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 40 mol% or more, even more preferably 45 mol% or more, and preferably 80 mol% or less. , more preferably 75 mol % or less, still more preferably 70 mol % or less, and even more preferably 65 mol % or less.
- Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) include maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and chloromaleic acid. Among them, maleic anhydride and fumaric acid are preferred, and maleic anhydride is more preferred, from the viewpoint of production cost.
- Ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) is a compound having two carboxy groups in one molecule and no ethylenically unsaturated group, and its molecular weight and molecular structure is not particularly limited.
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) in the dibasic acid (a2-2) is 100 mol% of the dibasic acid (a2-2), the resin composition From the viewpoint of the mechanical strength of the cured product, it is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 25 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 35 mol% or more, preferably 80 mol % or less, more preferably 70 mol % or less, still more preferably 60 mol % or less, and even more preferably 55 mol % or less.
- Ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acids include phthalic anhydride, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, hexa Hydrophthalic acid (1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid), naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, chlorendic acid (het acid), tetrabromo Phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, dimethyl
- the dibasic acid (a2-2) is 20 to 80 mol% of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-1), and the ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2- 2-2) is preferably contained in an amount of 20 to 80 mol %.
- a urethane (meth)acrylate resin is a polyurethane having a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specifically, after reacting a polyisocyanate with a polyhydroxy compound or a polyhydric alcohol, a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylic compound and optionally a hydroxy group-containing allyl ether compound are further added to the unreacted isocyanato groups. Obtained by reaction.
- the polyester (meth)acrylate resin is polyester having a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
- a polyester (meth)acrylate resin can be obtained, for example, by the method (1) or (2) shown below.
- (1) A method of reacting an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate or a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate with a carboxy-terminated polyester (2)
- a method of reacting (meth)acrylate with a carboxyl-terminated polyester used as a raw material in the above method (1) is obtained from an excess amount of saturated polybasic acid and/or unsaturated polybasic acid and polyhydric alcohol. What can be obtained is mentioned.
- the hydroxy-terminated polyester used as a raw material in the above method (2) includes those obtained from a saturated polybasic acid and/or an unsaturated polybasic acid and an excess amount of a polyhydric alcohol.
- the (meth)acrylate resin (A5) is a polymer of acrylic acid ester or methacrylic acid ester. Specific examples of the constituent monomers include those similar to the (meth)acrylates exemplified for the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B).
- the viscosity of a mixture of 65% by mass of resin (A) and 35% by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate is preferably 0.3 to 300 Pa s, more preferably 0.5 to 200 Pa s, from the viewpoint of ease of handling. More preferably, it is 0.8 to 150 Pa ⁇ s.
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is not particularly limited as long as it does not have a carboxy group and has an ethylenically unsaturated group, but preferably has a (meth)acryloyl group or a vinyl group. .
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the hardness, strength, chemical resistance, water resistance, etc. of composite materials containing the resin composition described later can be improved.
- those having a (meth)acryloyl group include, for example, (meth)acrylates.
- (Meth)acrylates may be monofunctional or polyfunctional.
- Monofunctional (meth)acrylates include, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, i-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl , Lauryl (meth)acrylate, Cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, Benzyl (meth)acrylate, Stearyl (meth)acrylate, Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, Dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, Ethylene glycol Monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol mono-2-eth
- polyfunctional (meth)acrylates include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,2-propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylates, alkanediol di(meth)acrylates such as neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate , polyoxyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates such as triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate and polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate; Trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, glycerin di(meth)acrylate,
- those having a (meth)acryloyl group include acryloylmorpholine, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylamide, 2-hydroxyethyl-N -methyl (meth)acrylamide, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylamide and the like.
- examples of those having an ethylenically unsaturated group other than those having a (meth)acryloyl group include styrene, p-chlorostyrene, vinyltoluene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, dichlorostyrene, divinylbenzene, and t-butyl.
- Styrene compounds such as styrene, vinyl benzyl butyl ether, vinyl benzyl hexyl ether and divinyl benzyl ether, vinyl acetate, diallyl fumarate, diallyl phthalate, triallyl isocyanurate and the like.
- ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) suitable control of the thickening rate of the resin composition, curability, production cost, mechanical strength of the cured product of the resin composition, heat resistance , and chemical resistance, styrene compounds and (meth)acrylates are preferred.
- styrene methyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)
- acrylate triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and neopentyl glycol (meth)acrylate is preferred.
- At least one selected from phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate and diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol (meth) acrylate is more preferable, and curing of the resin composition At least one selected from phenoxyethyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and neopentyl glycol (meth)acrylate is more preferable from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the product.
- the thickener (C) is not particularly limited, it is preferably at least one selected from group 2 element oxides and hydroxides.
- the thickener (C) is at least one selected from oxides and hydroxides of Group 2 elements, the carboxyl group and hydroxyl group possessed by the resin (A), and the carboxyl groups of other component compounds It has the effect of increasing the viscosity of the resin composition over time by interacting with groups and hydroxyl groups.
- the thickener (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- oxides of Group 2 elements include magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, and barium oxide.
- hydroxides of Group 2 elements include magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide and the like. Among these, magnesium oxide is preferable from the viewpoints of thickening effect, versatility, cost, and the like.
- the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it generates radicals upon irradiation with light.
- benzoin and its alkyl ethers such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether; -methylethyl)acetophenone and other acetophenones; 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and other ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenones;
- Anthraquinones such as amyl anthraquinone, 2-t-butyl anthraquinone and 1-chloroanthraquinone;
- Thioxanthones such as 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone and 2-chlorothioxanthone; Acetophenone dimethyl ketal, benzyl dimethyl
- the photopolymerization initiator is preferably an intramolecular cleavage type photopolymerization initiator that does not require a hydrogen donor.
- active species are generated by absorbing light with a wavelength of 315 to 460 nm, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis(2,4, 6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone are preferred.
- At least one compound (E) selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound may be used in the resin composition of the present embodiment. Including the compound (E) in the resin composition makes it easier to control the thickening speed.
- hydroxy group-containing compounds include alcohols having a boiling point of 50° C. or higher, such as benzyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, and isostearyl alcohol.
- Other examples include hydroxycarboxylic acids such as lactic acid, glycerin, polyols, and (meth)acrylates containing a hydroxy group. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, water and alcohol are preferred, and water is more preferred, from the viewpoint of availability, cost, and the like.
- the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a compound having at least one carboxyl group.
- the carboxy group-containing compound include maleic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, fumaric acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, and methyltetrahydrophthalic acid.
- Haridimer 250 (manufactured by Harima Kasei Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned as a commercially available product.
- the carboxy group-containing compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the thickening rate is controlled to prevent the resin composition from excessively thickening immediately after production of the resin composition (within 5 hours after production).
- the carboxy group-containing compound is preferably 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid, methacrylic acid, or acrylic acid, and more preferably 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid. preferable.
- the viscosity increase rate is controlled immediately after the resin composition is produced (after production to From the viewpoint of suppressing excessive thickening of the resin composition within 5 hours) and further suppressing excessive increase in the attained viscosity of the resin composition, the vinyl ester resin (A1) and ethylenically unsaturated It is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the group-containing monomer (B).
- the hygroscopicity of the resin composition increases. It is preferably 3 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or less.
- the carboxy group-containing compound has a lower molecular weight than the unsaturated polyester molecule. Therefore, an interaction occurs between the carboxy group or hydroxy group of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the thickening agent (C), and before the resin composition thickens over time, the carboxy group-containing compound and the thickener (C) can suppress the increase in initial viscosity (within 5 hours after preparation of the resin composition). Moreover, water is produced by the interaction between the carboxy group-containing compound and the thickener (C).
- the generated water accelerates the thickening of the resin composition for 24 to 48 hours after preparation, so that the target viscosity can be reached quickly. Furthermore, when the carboxy group-containing compound is contained in the resin composition, the apparent molecular weight formed by the interaction of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the carboxy group-containing compound, and the thickener (C) becomes low. , it is possible to suppress the attained viscosity of the resin composition from becoming excessively high.
- the carboxy group-containing compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the molecular weight and molecular structure of the carboxy group-containing compound are not particularly limited, but the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the thickener (C)
- the molecular weight is preferably 90 or more from the viewpoint of generating an appropriate interaction, and is preferably 500 or less, more preferably 400 or less, and still more preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening property.
- the molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing compound When the molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing compound is 90 or more, it suppresses the decrease in the ultimate viscosity due to the inclusion of the low molecular weight compound, and the mobility is not too high, so it quickly interacts with the thickener (C) and immediately Consumption is suppressed, and an increase in initial viscosity can be suppressed. Further, when the molecular weight of the carboxy group-containing compound is 500 or less, the molecular mobility is significantly larger than that of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), so immediately after the resin composition is prepared (within 5 hours after preparation), the resin Excessive thickening of the composition can be further suppressed, and excessive increase in the ultimate viscosity of the resin composition can be further suppressed.
- the resin composition A dicarboxylic acid having two carboxy groups in one molecule is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, and oxalic acid , malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid, fumaric acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and Halidimer 250 are more preferred, and 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid and Halidimer 250 are more preferred.
- the content of the carboxy group-containing compound in the resin composition is immediately after preparation of the resin composition (within 5 hours after production).
- the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer It is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, relative to 100 parts by mass of (B) in total.
- the hygroscopicity of the resin composition increases. It is preferably 3.5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 part by mass or less.
- the content of the carboxy group-containing compound in the resin composition is immediately after preparation of the resin composition (within 5 hours after production). From the viewpoint of further suppressing excessive increase in the viscosity of the product and further suppressing the attained viscosity of the resin composition from becoming excessively high, it is preferably 0 with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass of the resin composition. 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more. In addition, as the content of the carboxy group-containing compound in the resin composition increases, the hygroscopicity of the resin composition increases. It is preferably 3.5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 part by mass or less.
- Other components of the resin composition of the present embodiment include, for example, other resins, polymerization inhibitors, thixotropic agents, curing accelerators, catalysts, thickening aids, curing retardants, surfactants, surface modifiers, Additives such as wetting and dispersing agents, antifoaming agents, leveling agents, coupling agents, light stabilizers, waxes, flame retardants and plasticizers can be included.
- the content of the additive is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention.
- a polymerization inhibitor can be used to suppress the progress of the polymerization reaction of the resin composition.
- the resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
- a known polymerization inhibitor can be used, and examples thereof include hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, trimethylhydroquinone, phenothiazine, catechol, 4-t-butylcatechol, and copper naphthenate. These may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be used together.
- thixotropic agent A thixotropic agent is used to adjust the mixability and fluidity of the resin composition.
- the thixotropic agents include organic thixotropic agents and inorganic thixotropic agents. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
- Organic thixotropic agents include, for example, hydrogenated castor oil, amide, polyethylene oxide, polymerized vegetable oil, surfactant, and composites using these together. Specific examples include “Floron (registered trademark) SP-1000AF” (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), “Disparon (registered trademark) 6900-20X” (Kusumoto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like. Examples of inorganic thixotropic agents include hydrophobically or hydrophilically treated silica and bentonite.
- hydrophobic inorganic thixotropic agents include “Rheolosil (registered trademark) PM-20L” (manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation), “Aerosil (registered trademark) R-106" (Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), “CAB-O-SIL (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Cabot Corporation) and the like.
- hydrophilic inorganic thixotropic agents include “Aerosil (registered trademark)-200” (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
- the resin composition according to the first embodiment of this embodiment has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa ⁇ s at 25° C. two days after preparation of the resin composition.
- the content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B ) is preferably 35 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 80 parts by mass, and even more preferably 45 to 70 parts by mass, and the resin (A) is an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) When containing, with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), preferably 20 to 80 parts by weight, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by weight, more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1)
- the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening rate of the resin composition.
- the resin (A) is 90 parts by mass or less
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) tends to reduce the viscosity of the resin composition one hour after the preparation, and the fiber base material (F) Easier to impregnate.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2)
- the content of the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
- the content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 35 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 45 to 70 parts by mass, and when the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. , preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1)
- the content of the resin (A) is 35 parts by mass or more, the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening speed of the resin composition. .
- the resin (A) when the resin (A) is 90 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the content of the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
- the content of the resin (A) if the content of the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is It is preferably 10 to 65 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 55 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the saturated group-containing monomer (B), and the resin (A) is unsaturated.
- the saturated polyester resin (A2) is included, it is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). , more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 10 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, It becomes easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 65 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is easily reduced. , making it easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. On the contrary, it is preferably 10 to 65 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass, still more preferably 30 to 55 parts by mass, and when the resin (A) contains an unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the resin composition It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 10 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, It becomes easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 65 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is easily reduced. , making it easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0.5 parts per 100 parts by mass in total of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 01 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 4 parts by mass. If the compound (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition will have better viscosity-increasing properties. When the compound (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easy to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easy to moderately control the thickening speed.
- the content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0.01 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4 parts by mass.
- the thickener (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition has better thickening properties. If the thickener (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easier to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easier to moderately control the thickening speed.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are less likely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are more likely to be suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved.
- An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are less likely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are more likely to be suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved.
- An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
- the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is With respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of (A) and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.3 to 1 part by mass.
- the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening.
- the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material with excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
- the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is It is preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.3 to 1 part by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the composition.
- the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening.
- the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material with excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
- the resin composition contains 35 to 90 parts by mass of the resin (A) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). parts, 10 to 65 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), 0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C), and 0.01 to 10 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D) It is preferable to include parts by mass.
- the resin composition contains 20 to 80 parts by mass of the resin (A) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). Parts by mass, 20 to 80 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), 0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C), and 0.01 to 5 parts by mass of dicarboxylic acid. preferable.
- the resin composition according to the second embodiment of the present embodiment has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa ⁇ s at 25° C. after five days from the preparation of the resin composition.
- the content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B ) is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass, and the resin (A) is an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) When containing, with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), preferably 20 to 80 parts by weight, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by weight, more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1)
- the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening rate of the resin composition.
- the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) easily reduces the viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared, and impregnates the fiber base material (F). becomes easier.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, the thickening rate of the resin composition can be easily controlled by the resin (A).
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) easily reduces the viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared, and impregnates the fiber base material (F). becomes easier.
- the content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass, and when the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. , preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening rate of the resin composition.
- the resin (A) When the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) easily reduces the viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared, and impregnates the fiber base material (F). becomes easier.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the content of the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Moreover, if the content of the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the saturated group-containing monomer (B).
- the saturated polyester resin (A2) is included, it is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). , more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1)
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, Penetration into the fiber base material (F) becomes better.
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2)
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the resin composition after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition The viscosity is easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) is easily impregnated.
- the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1)
- the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass.
- the resin (A) contains an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) the resin composition It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, still more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the product.
- the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, It becomes easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is easily reduced. , making it easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F).
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0.5 parts per 100 parts by mass in total of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 1 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 1 to 4 parts by mass.
- the thickener (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
- the thickening agent (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easy to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easy to moderately control the thickening speed.
- the content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0.1 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 4 parts by mass.
- the thickener (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition has better thickening properties. If the thickener (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easier to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easier to moderately control the thickening speed.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are unlikely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are easily suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved.
- An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. 05 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are unlikely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are easily suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved. An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
- the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), relative to a total of 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 ⁇ 1 part by mass.
- the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easier to control the thickening rate of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening.
- the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material having excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
- the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is It is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.5 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the product.
- the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easier to control the thickening rate of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening.
- the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material having excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
- the resin composition contains 35 to 90 parts by mass of the resin (A) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). parts, 10 to 65 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), 0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C), and 0.01 to 10 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D) It is preferable to include parts by mass.
- the resin composition contains 20 parts by mass of the vinyl ester resin (A1) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 80 parts by mass, 20 to 80 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), 0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C), and 0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D). It preferably contains 01 to 10 parts by mass.
- the resin composition comprises 20 to 20 parts by mass of the resin (A) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 80 parts by mass, 20 to 80 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), 0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C), and 0.01 of the photopolymerization initiator (D) It is preferable to contain up to 10 parts by mass.
- the resin composition contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 20 to 80 parts by mass, the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) 20 to 80 parts by mass, the thickener (C) 0.01 to 6 parts by mass, the dicarboxylic acid 0.01 to 5 It is preferable to include parts by mass.
- the resin composition according to the third embodiment of the present embodiment has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa ⁇ s at 25° C. two days and five days after preparation of the resin composition.
- Preferred aspects of the third embodiment are the same as those of the second embodiment.
- the method for producing the resin composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), the thickener (C), and the photopolymerization initiation A resin composition can be produced by mixing the agent (D).
- the agent (D) In addition to the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), the thickener (C), and the photopolymerization initiator (D), the compound (E), the carboxylic acid and other components described above may be optionally added. Ingredients may be mixed.
- the mixing order is not particularly limited, but the thickener (C) is preferably added last from the viewpoint of facilitating viscosity control.
- the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed using, for example, a disper, planetary mixer, kneader, or the like.
- the mixing temperature is preferably 10 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 40°C, and more preferably 20 to 30°C from the viewpoint of ease of mixing.
- the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), the thickener (C), and the photopolymerization initiator (D) are easily mixed uniformly, and from the viewpoint of adjusting the viscosity, the resin (A) may be diluted in advance with at least one of a solvent and a reactive diluent.
- Vinyl ester resin (A1-1) can be produced by reacting epoxy compound (a1-1) with unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). For example, in a reaction vessel capable of being heated and stirred, the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are optionally mixed with at least one of a solvent and a reactive diluent, and the ester It can be produced by heating with mixing at a temperature of preferably 70 to 150° C., more preferably 80 to 140° C., still more preferably 90 to 130° C., in the presence of a curing catalyst for 1 to 8 hours.
- the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are added to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), and the unsaturated monobasic acid
- the total amount of acid groups of (a1-2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more.
- Esterification catalysts include, for example, triethylamine, triethylenediamine, N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, 2,4,6-tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol and diazabicyclooctane.
- phosphorus compounds and quaternary ammonium salts from the viewpoint of moderately promoting the synthesis reaction rate of vinyl ester resins, suppressing gelation, and facilitating moderate control of the molecular weight distribution. At least one is preferred, and at least one selected from quaternary ammonium salts is more preferred.
- the amount of the esterification catalyst used is the amount of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) from the viewpoint of suppressing the thickening of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) while promoting the reaction. It is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total.
- a solvent and a reactive diluent are used as necessary from the viewpoint of facilitating uniform mixing of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
- the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a known method.
- the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). Examples thereof include known solvents having a boiling point of 70 to 150° C. at 1 atm, such as methyl isobutyl ketone.
- a solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
- As the reactive diluent an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) inert to the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferred.
- a polymerization inhibitor may be added from the viewpoint of suppressing the progress of the polymerization reaction of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1).
- the polymerization inhibitor those described in the section ⁇ Other components> above are preferably used.
- the amount added is, for example, 0.0001 to 10 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is a resin precursor (P1) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and a polybasic acid anhydride (a1- It can be produced by further adding 4).
- the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are optionally mixed with at least one of a solvent and a reactive diluent, and the ester A resin precursor (P1) is produced by heating with mixing at preferably 70 to 150° C., more preferably 80 to 140° C., still more preferably 90 to 130° C.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is added to the reaction vessel in which the resin precursor (P1) was synthesized, and the temperature is maintained at 70 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 140°C, in the presence of an esterification catalyst. More preferably, the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is obtained by reacting at 90 to 130° C. for 30 minutes to 4 hours.
- the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are added to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), and the unsaturated monobasic acid
- the total amount of acid groups of (a1-2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3 to 60 moles per 100 moles of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol.
- Examples of the esterification catalyst used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) include those similar to the esterification catalysts used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-1).
- the amount of the esterification catalyst used is 100 in total for the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) from the viewpoint of suppressing thickening of the resin precursor (P1) while promoting the reaction. It is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
- Examples of the solvent and reactive diluent used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) include the same solvents and reactive diluents as those used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-1). The same applies to preferred embodiments.
- a polymerization inhibitor may be added from the viewpoint of suppressing the progress of the polymerization reaction of the vinyl ester resin (A1-2).
- the polymerization inhibitor those described in the section ⁇ Other components> above are preferably used.
- the amount added is, for example, 0.0001 to 10 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
- Vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3 ) can be produced by further adding polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) to the resin precursor (P2) which is the reaction product of ).
- a resin precursor (P2) is produced by heating.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is added to the reaction vessel in which the resin precursor (P2) was synthesized, and the temperature is maintained at 70 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 140°C, in the presence of an esterification catalyst. More preferably, the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is obtained by reacting at 90 to 130° C. for 30 minutes to 4 hours.
- the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is It is preferable to react so as to obtain 75 to 95 mol, more preferably 77 to 93 mol, still more preferably 79 to 91 mol.
- the epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) are reacted with the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1).
- the total amount of acid groups to be obtained is preferably 5 to 25 mol, more preferably 7 to 23 mol, still more preferably 9 to 21 mol.
- the acid group derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) (here, the "acid group” is Acid groups produced by hydrolysis of polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3)
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is a dibasic acid anhydride
- the number of acid groups produced from one molecule is 2.
- the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3- It is preferable to carry out the reaction so as to obtain 60 mol, more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol.
- esterification catalyst used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) examples include those similar to the esterification catalysts used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-1). Further, the esterification catalyst used in producing the resin precursor (P2) and the esterification catalyst used in producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) from the resin precursor (P2) may be the same or different. good.
- the amount of the esterification catalyst used is, from the viewpoint of suppressing the thickening of the resin precursor (P2) while promoting the reaction, the epoxy compound (a1-1), the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic It is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the acid anhydride (a1-3). .
- Examples of the solvent and reactive diluent used to produce the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) include the same solvents and reactive diluents used to produce the vinyl ester resin (A1-1). The same applies to preferred embodiments.
- a polymerization inhibitor may be added from the viewpoint of suppressing the progress of the polymerization reaction of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3).
- the polymerization inhibitor those described in the section ⁇ Other components> above are preferably used.
- the amount added is, for example, the epoxy compound (a1-1), the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass. 0.0001 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
- a method for producing a vinyl ester resin (A1-4) comprises reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3). and a step of reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain a vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
- the step of obtaining a resin precursor (P3) includes reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3). It is a process of obtaining In the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3), from the viewpoint of widening the molecular weight distribution of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) and controlling the ultimate viscosity of the resin composition, an epoxy compound having two epoxy groups per molecule is used.
- (a1-1) and the bisphenol compound (a1-5) are preferably combined so that the total amount of hydroxyl groups of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is It is preferable to carry out the reaction so as to obtain 10 to 70 mol, more preferably 20 to 60 mol, still more preferably 25 to 50 mol.
- the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3) includes, for example, adding a solvent and a reactive diluent to the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the bisphenol compound (a1-5) in a reaction vessel capable of being heated and stirred. Mixing with at least one of the resin precursors and heating in the presence of an esterification catalyst at a temperature of preferably 70 to 160° C., more preferably 80 to 155° C., still more preferably 90 to 150° C. for 1 to 3 hours while mixing. body (P3) can be obtained.
- esterification catalysts include triethylamine, triethylenediamine, N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, 2,4,6-tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, and cyazabicyclooctane.
- Phosphorus compounds such as primary amines, triphenylphosphine and benzyltriphenylphosphonium chloride, diethylamine hydrochloride, trimethylbenzylammonium chloride, lithium chloride and the like. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, from the viewpoints of slowing the reaction rate, preventing gelation of the resin, and facilitating control of the molecular weight distribution, phosphorus-based and ammonium salt-based catalysts are preferred, and ammonium salts are more preferred.
- the amount of the esterification catalyst used is, from the viewpoint of suppressing the thickening of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) while promoting the reaction, the epoxy compound (a1-1), the bisphenol compound (a1-5), and the unsaturated It is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the monobasic acid (a1-2). .
- a solvent and a reactive diluent are used as necessary from the viewpoint of facilitating uniform mixing of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the bisphenol compound (a1-5) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
- the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a known method.
- the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol compound (a1-5) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). Examples thereof include known solvents having a boiling point of 70 to 150° C. at 1 atm, such as methyl isobutyl ketone.
- a solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
- Preferred reactive diluents include epoxy compounds (a1-1), bisphenol compounds (a1-5), and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomers (B) inert to unsaturated monobasic acids (a1-2). .
- a polymerization inhibitor may be added from the viewpoint of suppressing the progress of the polymerization reaction of the resin precursor (P3).
- the polymerization inhibitor those described in the section ⁇ Other components> above are preferably used.
- the amount added is, for example, the epoxy compound (a1-1), the bisphenol compound (a1-5) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass, 0 0.0001 to 10 parts by weight, preferably 0.001 to 1 part by weight.
- the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) is a step of reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain the vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
- the epoxy of the epoxy compound (a1-1) is preferably 30 to 120 mol, more preferably 40 to 100 mol, and still more preferably 50 to 80 mol with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of groups. It is preferable to react as follows.
- the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) includes, for example, adding an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) in the presence of an esterification catalyst into the reaction vessel in which the resin precursor (P3) was synthesized,
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) can be produced by heating with mixing at 70 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 140°C, more preferably 90 to 130°C for 30 minutes to 4 hours.
- Examples of the esterification catalyst used in the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) include those similar to those used in the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). Further, the esterification catalyst used in producing the resin precursor (P3) and the esterification catalyst used in producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) from the resin precursor (P3) may be the same or different. good. In the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), as in the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3), if necessary, at least one of a solvent, a reactive diluent, and a polymerization inhibitor is added. good too. The mixing method can also be performed by a known method similarly to the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). The same applies to preferred embodiments.
- the reactive diluent When adding a reactive diluent to the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) for the purpose of lowering the viscosity of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), the reactive diluent is added after synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4). It is preferable to mix in addition, and when a reactive diluent is added for the purpose of facilitating the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), the reactive diluent is added during the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4). It is preferable to add and mix the reactive diluent and other components after the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
- a polymerization inhibitor may be added from the viewpoint of suppressing the progress of the polymerization reaction of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
- the polymerization inhibitor those described in the section ⁇ other components>> above are preferably used.
- the amount of the polymerization inhibitor added is, for example, the epoxy compound (a1-1), the bisphenol compound (a1-5), and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass, It can be 0.0001 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass.
- a method for producing a vinyl ester resin (A1-5) includes reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3 ), reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain the resin precursor (P4), the resin precursor (P4) and the unsaturated polybasic It has a step of reacting the acid (a1-6) to obtain a vinyl ester resin (A1-5).
- the step of obtaining a resin precursor (P3) includes reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3). It is a process of obtaining
- the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3) includes the same method as the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3) in the method for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
- an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5 ) the total amount of hydroxyl groups of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is preferably 10 to 70 mol, more preferably 15 to 60 mol, per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), More preferably, the reaction is carried out so that the amount becomes 20 to 50 mol.
- the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P4) is a step of reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain the resin precursor (P4).
- the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P4) includes the same method as the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) in the method for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
- the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) is controlled from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening rate, suppressing uneven distribution of the resin composition after curing, and manufacturing stability.
- the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferably 40 to 120 mol, more preferably 50 to 100 mol, still more preferably 60 to 80 mol, relative to the total amount of 100 mol. It is preferable to react.
- the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is a step of reacting the resin precursor (P4) and the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) to obtain the vinyl ester resin (A1-5).
- the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) includes, for example, adding an unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) in the presence of an esterification catalyst into the reaction vessel in which the resin precursor (P4) was synthesized,
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) can be produced by heating with mixing at 70 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 140°C, more preferably 90 to 130°C for 30 minutes to 4 hours.
- the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) is added to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). is preferably 0.5 to 15 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, still more preferably 3 to 8 mol.
- Examples of the esterification catalyst used in the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) include those similar to those used in the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). Further, the esterification catalyst used in producing the resin precursor (P4) and the esterification catalyst used in producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) from the resin precursor (P4) may be the same or different. good.
- the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) similarly to the step of obtaining the resin precursors (P3) and (P4), if necessary, at least one of a solvent, a reactive diluent, and a polymerization inhibitor. may be added.
- the mixing method can also be performed by a known method similarly to the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3).
- the reactive diluent is added after synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5). It is preferable to mix in addition, and when a reactive diluent is added for the purpose of facilitating the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5), the reactive diluent is added during the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5). It is preferable to add and mix the reactive diluent and other components after the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5).
- the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) includes a diol (a2-1), an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1), and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2- 2) can be produced by dehydration condensation polymerization.
- a diol (a2-1), an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2- 2) at 150 to 250° C., preferably 170 to 240° C., more preferably 180 to 230° C., for 8 to 15 hours.
- the molar ratio of the diol (a2-1) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) is preferably reacted at 50:50 to 85:15, more preferably 55:45 to 80: 20, more preferably 60:40 to 75:25.
- the material for lining material in the present embodiment includes a fiber base material (F) impregnated with the resin composition described above (hereinafter also referred to as a resin-impregnated base material).
- a resin-impregnated base material As the material for the lining material, it is preferable to impregnate the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition and store (cured) it for a certain period of time to thicken it.
- the bending strength of the cured product (FRP) of the lining material is preferably 100 to 1000 MPa, more preferably 120 to 900 MPa, more preferably 150 to 800 MPa.
- the bending elastic modulus of FRP is preferably 5 to 40 GPa, more preferably 7 to 35 GPa, still more preferably 8 to 30 GPa.
- the bending strength and bending elastic modulus values are measured values according to JIS K7171:2016.
- the content of the resin composition in the base material impregnated with the resin composition is preferably 20-95% by mass, more preferably 25-85% by mass, and even more preferably 25-75% by mass.
- the content of the resin composition is 20% by mass or more, the lining material can be imparted with appropriate flexibility, and workability during pipe rehabilitation is improved.
- the content of the resin composition is 85% by mass or less, sufficient strength can be imparted to the lining material after photocuring.
- the content of the fiber base material (F) in the resin composition-impregnated base material is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 75% by mass, and even more preferably 25 to 75% by mass.
- the content of the fiber base material (F) is 5% by mass or more, sufficient strength can be imparted to the lining material after photocuring.
- the content of the fiber base material (F) is 80% by mass or less, the lining material can be imparted with appropriate flexibility, and workability during pipe rehabilitation is improved.
- the fiber material of the fiber base material (F) from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, for example, synthetic fibers such as amide, nylon, aramid, vinylon, polyester and phenolic resin, carbon fiber, glass fiber, metal fiber, ceramic fiber and so-called reinforcing fibers, and composite fibers thereof. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- aramid fiber, carbon fiber, and glass fiber are preferred, and glass fiber is more preferred from the viewpoints of strength, hardness, availability, price, and the like.
- light-transmitting glass fibers and polyester fibers are preferable.
- the commonly used filament diameter is preferably 1-15 ⁇ m, more preferably 3-10 ⁇ m.
- Examples of the form of the fiber base material (F) include sheet, chopped strand, chop, milled fiber and the like.
- the sheet for example, a sheet formed by arranging a plurality of reinforcing fibers in one direction, bidirectional fabrics such as plain weaves and twill weaves, multiaxial fabrics, non-crimp fabrics, nonwoven fabrics, mats, knits, braids, reinforcing fibers, etc. and the like.
- the fiber base material (F) may be used singly or in combination of two or more types, and may be a single layer or a laminate of multiple layers.
- the thickness of the sheet is preferably 0.01 to 5 mm in the case of a single layer, and preferably the total thickness in the case of a multilayer lamination. 1 to 20 mm, more preferably 1 to 15 mm.
- the lining material is used for repairing pipes such as existing pipes.
- Pipe repair is performed by arranging the lining material along the inner circumference of the inner surface of the pipe, crimping the lining material to the inner surface of the pipe, and then irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays or visible light to remove the resin composition contained in the lining material. It is done by curing the material.
- the lining material is arranged along the inner circumference of the inner surface of the pipe, and after the lining material is crimped to the inner surface of the pipe, the lining material is irradiated with ultraviolet rays or visible light. Curing the resin composition is also referred to as performing pipe rehabilitation.
- the lining material has a cylindrical shape and includes a lining material in which a fiber base material (F) is impregnated with a resin composition.
- the lining material has an inner film as the innermost layer on the inner surface, an outer film as the outermost layer on the outer surface, and a composite material layer containing a lining material between the inner film and the outer film from the viewpoint of ease of pipe rehabilitation work.
- the lining material having an outer film as the innermost layer on the inner surface, an inner film as the outermost layer on the outer surface, and a composite material layer containing the material for the lining material between the inner film and the outer film is applied to the inner surface of the pipe while the lining material is turned over. It is preferable to use it for the inversion construction method to pull in.
- the lining material may have other layers as desired. Moreover, each layer may be a single layer, or a plurality of layers may be laminated.
- the lining material has a cylindrical shape having approximately the same diameter as the diameter of the inner surface of the pipe. This improves the strength of the pipe after repair.
- the inner diameter of the lining material is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 1500 mm, more preferably 130 to 1200 mm, still more preferably 150 to 1000 mm. When the inner diameter of the lining material is 100 mm or more, light curing is easy.
- inner film for example, a resin film such as polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polyethylene terephthalate film can be used.
- the inner film needs to be transparent to the light emitted from the light irradiation device during pipe rehabilitation. As a result, the lining material can be cured efficiently, and the pipe can be properly rehabilitated.
- the inner film may be peeled off after curing the lining material.
- the thickness of the inner film is not particularly limited, it is preferably 50-200 ⁇ m, more preferably 80-170 ⁇ m. If the thickness of the inner film is 50 ⁇ m or more, sufficient strength can be imparted to the pipe without the inner film being damaged or wrinkled during or before pipe rehabilitation. If the thickness of the inner film is 200 ⁇ m or less, the lining material can be easily manufactured, and workability during pipe rehabilitation work is good.
- outer film a resin film can be used like the inner film.
- the outer film preferably has light shielding properties. As a result, it is possible to suppress the hardening of the lining material due to light from the outside before the construction of pipe rehabilitation. In addition, at the time of construction of pipe rehabilitation, it is possible to suppress the transmission of irradiated light through the lining material, so that the lining material can be efficiently photo-cured.
- the light-shielding outer film for example, a laminated film having a yellow or other colored film layer between two transparent polyethylene films can be used.
- the thickness of the outer film is not particularly limited, it is preferably 5 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 90 ⁇ m. If the thickness of the outer film is 5 ⁇ m or more, sufficient strength can be imparted to the pipe without the outer film being damaged or wrinkled prior to light irradiation during pipe rehabilitation. If the thickness of the outer film is 100 ⁇ m or less, the lining material can be easily manufactured, and workability during pipe rehabilitation work is good.
- a conventionally known manufacturing method can be used for the manufacturing method of the lining material.
- the following steps 1 and 2 are preferably included.
- Step 1 is a step of impregnating a fiber base material (F) with a resin composition to obtain a resin composition-impregnated base material.
- the fiber base material (F) in which the inner film and the outer film are not laminated on the fiber base material (F) may be impregnated with the resin composition, and the inner film and the outer film are laminated on the surface.
- a fiber base material (F) may be used.
- the resin composition is impregnated into the fiber base material (F) through at least one of the inner film and the outer film. be.
- the fiber base material (F) used in step 1 may be cylindrical, sheet-like, or tape-like.
- the fiber base material (F) preferably has a cylindrical shape, and the resin composition according to the second embodiment and the third embodiment described above When using, the fiber base material (F) is preferably sheet-like or tape-like.
- the viscosity of the resin composition at 25°C when the fiber base material (F) is impregnated with the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 3 Pa ⁇ s. That is, it is preferably the same as the viscosity at 25° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition.
- the viscosity of the resin composition is within the above range, impregnation failure of the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition is reduced, and a resin composition-impregnated base material uniformly impregnated with the resin composition is easily obtained.
- the fiber base material (F) when impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition is more preferably 0.2 from the viewpoint of further reducing impregnation defects and more uniformly impregnating the resin composition. to 2.5 Pa ⁇ s, more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 Pa ⁇ s.
- the time for impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition is preferably 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 10 hours, from the viewpoint of reducing poor impregnation and uniformly impregnating the resin composition. More preferably, it is 1.5 to 5 hours.
- the time until the impregnation of the resin composition is completed is preferably 1 to 30 hours, more preferably 2 to 24 hours, and still more preferably 5 to 10 hours. .
- Step 2 is a step of laminating the inner film and the outer film on the fiber base material (F).
- the method for laminating the inner film and the outer film is not particularly limited. F) or a method of laminating on a resin composition-impregnated base material, a method of directly laminating a film on a fiber base material (F) or a resin composition-impregnated base material, and the like.
- the inner film and the outer film may be laminated using different methods, or may be laminated using the same method.
- the inner film and the outer film may be independently laminated before or after impregnation of the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition. Moreover, it may be performed before or after step 3, which will be described later.
- Step 3 is a step of processing into a cylindrical shape.
- the fiber base material (F) which is already cylindrical it is not necessary to carry out step 3, and it is carried out when the sheet-like or tape-like fiber base material (F) is used.
- the resin composition-impregnated base material is wound around a mandrel having a diameter approximately the same as the diameter of the inner surface of the tube, and is held together by the resin composition contained in the resin-impregnated base material, thereby forming a cylindrical shape.
- the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material is obtained by overlapping two sides in the longitudinal direction of about 1 to 10 cm after winding it around a mandrel. Tie with. Further, when the resin composition-impregnated base material is tape-shaped, the resin composition-impregnated base material is spirally wound while being overlapped by about 1 to 10 cm, and the overlapping portion is the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material. Tie with.
- step 3 if the resin composition-impregnated base material is wound with the inner film already arranged on the mandrel, there is no need to laminate the inner film on the fiber base material (F) or the resin composition-impregnated base material, and the resin composition This is preferable because it also facilitates removal of the mandrel after winding the material-impregnated substrate. Moreover, from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferable to laminate the outer film after processing into a cylindrical shape.
- the viscosity of the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material at this time is preferably a viscosity with moderate stickiness, preferably 30 to 1,500 Pa s, more preferably 40 to 1 ,000 Pa ⁇ s, more preferably 50 to 500 Pa ⁇ s. If the viscosity of the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material is 30 Pa s or more, the resin composition has appropriate adhesiveness and the resin composition is unevenly distributed in the resin composition-impregnated base material. can maintain a uniformly contained state. Also, if the viscosity of the resin composition is 1,500 Pa ⁇ s or less, it is easy to process into a cylindrical shape.
- the method of manufacturing the lining material may have a curing step in addition to the above steps 1 to 3.
- the curing step is a step for appropriately increasing the viscosity of the resin composition until it reaches a viscosity suitable for each step. It is preferably provided after the fiber base material (F) is impregnated with the resin composition or before pipe rehabilitation is performed.
- the curing temperature in the curing step is preferably 10 to 40°C, more preferably 15 to 30°C, still more preferably 20 to 30°C. The curing temperature can be appropriately adjusted according to the target viscosity of the resin composition, the curing time, and the like.
- the curing time is preferably 6 hours to 3.5 days, more preferably 12 hours to 3 days, still more preferably 1 to 2 days.
- a lining material is produced using the resin compositions according to the second and third embodiments, it is preferable to provide a curing step immediately after step 1, and pipe rehabilitation is performed after step 3. It is preferable to provide a curing step in between.
- the curing time immediately after step 1 is preferably 12 hours to 3 days, more preferably 1 day to 2.5 days, still more preferably 1.5 to 2 days.
- the curing time between step 3 and execution of pipe rehabilitation is preferably 6 hours to 3.5 days, more preferably 12 hours to 3 days, still more preferably 1 to 2 days.
- the storage period of the lining material that has completed the curing step and the viscosity of the resin composition has reached 400 to 3,500 Pa s is preferably 1 to 6 months, more preferably 2 to 5 months, from the viewpoint of quality stability. for months.
- a lining material obtained using the resin composition according to the present embodiment can be suitably used for pipe rehabilitation.
- Pipe rehabilitation is performed, for example, by arranging a lining material along the inner periphery of the inner surface of the pipe, crimping the lining material to the inner surface of the pipe, and then irradiating the lining material with ultraviolet light or visible light to photo-cure the lining material. .
- the lining material is folded in a folded state for easy transportation and transported to the place where pipe rehabilitation is to be carried out. At this time, it is preferable that the resin composition in the lining material does not leak out and hang down or is unevenly distributed in the lining material, and that the lining material has appropriate flexibility.
- the viscosity of the resin composition in the lining material at a temperature of 25 ° C. during pipe rehabilitation is preferably 400 to 3,500 Pa s, more preferably 450 to 2,500 Pa s, and further It is preferably 500 to 2,000 Pa ⁇ s. That is, it is preferably the same as the viscosity at 25° C. at least either 2 days or 5 days after preparation of the resin composition.
- the lining material For the work of introducing the lining material into the existing pipe, it is possible to pull the lining material as it is from a manhole or the like. Since the diameter-expanding operation of the lining material is performed by blowing air into the inner cavity of the lining material, end packers are provided at both ends of the lining material for sealing the lining material. By blowing air from the end packer side of one end, the pressure in the inner cavity of the lining material increases, and the diameter of the lining material expands so as to adhere to the inner peripheral surface of the existing pipe.
- the diameter-expanded lining material is irradiated with ultraviolet light, visible light, or the like on the inner surface of the lining material by a mobile light irradiation device, whereby the resin composition contained in the lining material is cured, and the inner surface of the existing pipe is , the resin composition is coated with a cured lining material.
- the radiation intensity of the light irradiation device is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.0008 to 0.03 W/mm 2 .
- the radiation intensity is 0.0008 W/mm 2 or more, work efficiency is good and sufficient strength can be imparted to the pipe. Further, if the radiation intensity is 0.03 W/mm 2 or less, local excessive irradiation of the inner surface layer of the lining material can be suppressed, and deterioration and reduction in strength of the lining material can be suppressed.
- a light source that emits light in the ultraviolet to visible region (usually, wavelengths of 200 to 800 nm) can be used.
- light sources include metal halide lamps such as gallium lamps, mercury lamps, chemical lamps, xenon lamps, halogen lamps, mercury halogen lamps, carbon arc lamps, incandescent lamps, laser beams, and LEDs.
- metal halide lamps such as gallium lamps, mercury lamps, chemical lamps, xenon lamps, halogen lamps, mercury halogen lamps, carbon arc lamps, incandescent lamps, laser beams, and LEDs.
- gallium Lamps and LEDs are more preferred, and gallium lamps are even more preferred.
- the light irradiation device is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more irradiation units, but it preferably has a lamp assembly configured by connecting a plurality of light irradiation lamps in series. By having the lamp coupler, it is possible to efficiently perform pipe rehabilitation.
- the number of days elapsed from after the resin composition is prepared (after the resin composition is produced) to when pipe rehabilitation is performed is preferably is 1-4 days, more preferably 1-3 days, more preferably 1-2 days.
- a lining material is produced using the resin compositions according to the second embodiment and the third embodiment of the present embodiment, after the resin composition is prepared (after the resin composition is produced) until pipe rehabilitation is performed.
- Epoxy compound (1) bisphenol A type epoxy resin; "Epomic (registered trademark) R140P” manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., epoxy equivalent 188 - Epoxy compound (2): bisphenol A type epoxy resin; “jER (registered trademark) 834", manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 245
- Epoxy compound (3) phenolic novolak type epoxy resin; "EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740" manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent 172
- an epoxy equivalent is the value measured based on JISK7236:2001.
- Vinyl ester resins (A1-3b) to (A1-3d) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 6, except that the raw materials and compounding ratios shown in Table 3 were used. Table 3 shows the blending amount of each component.
- This reaction product was cooled to 90° C., and 0.13 g of hydroquinone as a polymerization inhibitor (0.003 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of all ingredients), a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer As (B)), 1546 g of styrene (36% by mass based on the total mass of compounding components) was added to obtain a mixture of 54% by mass of vinyl ester resin (based on the total mass of compounding components) and 46% by mass of styrene.
- Table 5 shows the blending amount of each component.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1-1c) After cooling to 90 ° C., 1222 g of styrene was added as a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B)), and 70% by mass of the vinyl ester resin (compounding component A mixture of 30% by weight of styrene and 30% by weight of styrene was obtained.
- the acid value of resin (A) is vinyl ester resin (A1-1a) ⁇ (A1-1f), (A1-2a) ⁇ ( A1-2d), (A1-3a) to (A1-3d), (A1-4a), and (A1-5a), and acids contained in unsaturated polyester resins (A2-a) to (A2-i)
- the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the components was measured to determine the acid value.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1) is a mixture obtained by diluting the vinyl ester resin (A1) with phenoxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Showa Denko Materials Co., Ltd.) or styrene, which is an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B).
- phenoxyethyl methacrylate manufactured by Showa Denko Materials Co., Ltd.
- styrene which is an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B).
- Vinyl ester resin (A1) 54 to 70% by mass
- the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is diluted with styrene, which is an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B).
- the resulting mixture unsaturated polyester resin (A2) 57-65% by mass
- the acid value of resin (A) was obtained from the measured value of the measurement sample.
- "Autoburette UCB-2000" manufactured by Hiranuma Sangyo Co., Ltd.
- a mixed indicator of bromothymol blue and phenol red was used as the indicator.
- Table 1 shows details of the mixture (measurement sample) containing the vinyl ester resin (A1) obtained in each synthesis example and the mixture (measurement sample) containing the unsaturated polyester resin (A2).
- the hydroxyl value of the resin (A) is vinyl ester resin (A1-1b) ⁇ (A1-1d), (A1-2b), (A1-2b), ( A1-2d), (A1-4a) and (A1-5a) were measured for the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acetic acid generated by the acetylation of 1 g, and the hydroxyl value was determined.
- the vinyl ester resin (A1) a mixture (vinyl Ester resin (A1) 65% by mass) and two mixtures (vinyl ester resin (A1) 70% by mass and 54% by mass) obtained by diluting vinyl ester resin (A1) with styrene were used as measurement samples.
- the hydroxyl value of resin (A) was obtained from the measured value of the measurement sample. Neutralization titration was performed manually using 1% phenolphthalein (ethanol solution) as an indicator. Table 1 shows the details of the mixture (measurement sample) containing the vinyl ester resin (A1) obtained in each synthesis example.
- ⁇ Weight average molecular weight Mw, number average molecular weight Mn and molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn> The weight-average molecular weight Mw and number-average molecular weight Mn of the resin (A) were measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions and determined as standard polystyrene equivalent molecular weights. Mw/Mn was calculated from the values of Mn and Mw.
- ⁇ Viscosity> In the vinyl ester resin (A1), a mixture of 65% by mass of the vinyl ester resin (A1) and 35% by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate, a mixture of 70% by mass of the vinyl ester resin (A1) and 30% by mass of styrene, or a vinyl ester
- the viscosity of a mixture of 54% by mass of resin (A1) and 46% by mass of styrene was measured using an E-type viscometer ("RE-85U” (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), cone plate type, cone rotor: 1°34' ⁇ R24, rotation speed: 50 rpm to 0.5 rpm), and measured at a temperature of 25°C.
- the mixture (measurement sample) containing the vinyl ester resin (A1) obtained in each Synthesis Example was the same as the mixture used in the hydroxyl value measurement.
- the rotational speed of the cone rotor according to the measured viscosity was set as follows. When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 0 Pa ⁇ s and 1.0 Pa ⁇ s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 50 rpm. When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 1.0 Pa ⁇ s and 2.0 Pa ⁇ s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 20 rpm. When the viscosity of the mixture was over 2.0 Pa ⁇ s and 4.0 Pa ⁇ s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 10 rpm. When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 4.0 Pa ⁇ s and 8.0 Pa ⁇ s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 5 rpm.
- the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 2.5 rpm.
- the viscosity of the mixture was greater than 18.0 Pa ⁇ s and less than or equal to 45.0 Pa ⁇ s, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 1.0 rpm.
- the viscosity of the mixture was more than 45.0 Pa ⁇ s and less than or equal to 100.0 Pa ⁇ s, the measurement was performed at a rotational speed of 0.5 rpm.
- Table 2 below shows the rotation speed of the cone rotor according to the measured viscosity.
- thixotropic agent (1) Organic thixotropic agent; “Floronon SP-1000AF”, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
- Thixotropic agent (2) Hydrophobic silica; “Reolosil PM-20L”, manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation
- Example 1 A mixture (1) of 26 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-1a) and 14 parts by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), and 26 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-3c) and 14 parts by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) to prepare a mixture (2).
- Example 2 Comparative Examples 1 to 8>
- resin compositions (X-2) to (X-16) and (X'-1) to ( X'-8) was obtained.
- Example 17 A mixture of 54 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-4a) and 46 parts by mass of styrene as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) was added with 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl as a photopolymerization initiator (D).
- a mixture of 54 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-4a) and 46 parts by mass of styrene as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) was added with 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl as a photopolymerization initiator (D).
- thixotropic Agent (1) "Furnon SP-1000AF", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
- disper high-speed dispersing group "Homodisper 2.5 type” manufactured by Primix Co., Ltd.
- magnesium oxide (“Magmicron MD-4AM-2”, manufactured by Mikuni-Color Co., Ltd., magnesium oxide content 30% by mass (estimated); hereinafter the same.) 1.2 parts by mass ( Magnesium oxide content of 0.36 parts by mass) was added and further mixed for about 1 minute to obtain a resin composition (X-17).
- Example 17 resin compositions (X-18), (X-19), (X-21) to (X -27), (X-29), (X-30) and (X-33) to (X-38).
- Example 17 the mixture of the resin (A) and styrene as the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) was further added with 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid as the carboxy group-containing compound at the compounding ratio shown in Tables 8 and 9. Others were prepared in the same manner except that the raw materials and blending ratios shown in Tables 12 and 13 were used, and resin compositions (X-20), (X-28), (X-31) and (X -32) was obtained.
- a mixture (1) was prepared by dissolving 54.74 parts by mass of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2-a) as the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in 44.63 parts by mass of styrene. Further, as a carboxy group-containing compound, 0.63 parts by mass of 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid was dissolved in 0.63 parts by mass of styrene to prepare a mixture (2).
- magnesium oxide Magnetic MD-4AM-2, manufactured by Mikuni-Color Co., Ltd., estimated content of magnesium oxide 30% by mass 0.96 parts by mass (0.29 parts by mass in terms of magnesium oxide ) was added and mixed for about 1 minute at 2000 to 3000 rpm using a disper to obtain a resin composition (X-39).
- Example 39 resin compositions (X-40) to (X-66) and (X'-9) to were prepared in the same manner except that the raw materials and blending ratios shown in Tables 14 to 17 were used. (X'-14) was obtained.
- T-bar spindle TA was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 100.0 Pa ⁇ s and 800.0 Pa ⁇ s or less.
- T-bar spindle TB was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 800.0 Pa ⁇ s and 1600.0 Pa ⁇ s or less.
- a T-bar spindle TC was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 1600.0 Pa ⁇ s and 4000.0 Pa ⁇ s or less.
- T-bar spindle TD was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 4000.0 Pa ⁇ s and 10000.0 Pa ⁇ s or less.
- Table 8 The T-bar spindles used according to the measured viscosity are shown in Table 8 below.
- a glass fiber chopped strand mat (“MC 450A”, manufactured by Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd.) with a length of 800 mm, which is the fiber base material (F), is wound, and at the same time as it is wound, a defoaming roller is used to make the resin composition.
- a substrate impregnated with a resin composition (four layers: thickness 3.0 mm, glass fiber content 40%) was obtained. Further, the resin composition-impregnated substrate was covered with a polyethylene film of 1400 mm length ⁇ 100 ⁇ m thickness as an outer film, and the wrap portion was adhered and fixed with a masking tape of 50 mm width (manufactured by 3M Japan Ltd.).
- the aluminum plate was pulled out to obtain a lining material.
- the lining material was pulled into an acrylic pipe, which is a simulated pipe with an inner diameter of 150 mm and a length of 1000 mm. Both ends of the lining material were bound with binding bands to seal, and air was injected from one end at 4 L/sec to expand the diameter of the lining material and press it against the inner surface of the acrylic pipe.
- both ends of the lining material are fixed to the acrylic pipe, one end is installed with a cap with an air injection hole, and the other end is an ultraviolet LED fluorescent lamp type light "NS365-FTL-C30" (manufactured by Nitride Semiconductor) was installed.
- the lining material was photocured at an illuminance of 10 mW/cm 2 for an irradiation time of 60 minutes, and then the inner film was removed. The thickness of the hardened layer of the lining material was confirmed. The thickness of the hardened layer of the lining material was measured at 4 points on the cross section of the pipe, 12 points in total, at 3 points, 200 mm from the center and both ends of the simulated pipe.
- the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition was 0.1 to 3 Pa s
- the resin Since the viscosity was 400 to 3500 Pa ⁇ s two days after the preparation of the composition it can be seen that a resin composition with an appropriately controlled thickening rate was obtained.
- the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition was 0.1 to 3 Pa s.
- the viscosity was 400 to 3500 Pa ⁇ s 5 days after the preparation of the resin composition indicating that a resin composition with an appropriately controlled thickening rate was obtained.
- Comparative Examples 1 to 4 and 10 the impregnability was low because the viscosity was high one hour after the resin composition was prepared.
- Comparative Examples 5, 9, and 11 to 14 although the viscosity was appropriate one hour after the resin composition was prepared, the rate of thickening was low, and the resin composition did not seep out even after curing for 5 days. be seen.
- Comparative Examples 6 to 8 although the viscosity was appropriate one hour after the resin composition was prepared, the viscosity was very high five days after the resin composition was prepared, and the resin composition did not seep out. Although not visible, traces of bending and peeling of resin and fibers were observed.
- a glass fiber chopped strand mat (“MC 450A", manufactured by Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd.) was impregnated with the resin composition (X-5) obtained in Example 5, and three sheets were stacked at 25 ° C. for 5 days.
- a material for lining material was obtained.
- the material for the lining material is irradiated with light for 30 minutes using a 250 W metal halide lamp (peak wavelength 420 nm, illuminance 25 mW/cm 2 ), and a cured product (FRP: glass fiber content 31% by mass) was obtained.
- each cured product was cut to a length of 80 mm and a width of 10 mm, and cured for 24 hours under an environment of a temperature of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50% to obtain test pieces for measurement evaluation.
- the cured product (cast product) of the resin composition (X-5) has a bending strength of 101 MPa and a bending elastic modulus of 3.3 GPa, and the cured product (FRP) has a bending strength of 162 MPa and a bending elastic modulus of 8.5 GPa. Met.
- ⁇ Barcol hardness> Regarding the cured product (cast product) and cured product (FRP), in accordance with JIS K7060: 1995, using a Barcol hardness tester ("GYZJ 934-1", manufactured by Barber-Coleman), each test piece for measurement evaluation The back surface of 10 light-irradiated surfaces was measured, and the average value was taken as the Barcol hardness of the cured product.
- the cured product (FRP) of the resin composition (X-5) had a Barcol hardness of 46.
- the bending strength, bending elastic modulus, and deflection temperature under load of the cured product of the resin composition were measured and evaluated, and it was found that the obtained cured product had sufficient mechanical strength. Furthermore, from the results of evaluation of diameter expansion of the lining material and uneven distribution of the resin composition in the lining material, it was found that the lining material produced by impregnating the resin composition has properties suitable for pipe rehabilitation.
- a resin composition used as a lining material for pipe rehabilitation which has a low viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared and a moderately controlled thickening rate.
- a lining material using the resin composition according to the present embodiment has good workability and excellent strength.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
- Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)
- Lining Or Joining Of Plastics Or The Like (AREA)
Abstract
Description
例えば、特許文献1には、地中に埋設された既設管の内壁面に管状のライニング材を密着させ、前記ライニング材の内部に圧縮空気を供給しつつ、前記ライニング材の内部に導入された移動式の光照射装置により、前記ライニング材の内面に光を照射して前記ライニング材を硬化させる硬化工程を含む既設管の補修方法が開示されている。また、ライニング材の材料として、繊維等からなる含浸基材に光硬化性樹脂組成物を含浸したものを使用できることや、前記光硬化性樹脂組成物として、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂やビニルエステル樹脂等の重合性樹脂をスチレン等の溶媒に溶かしたものを使用できることが記載されている。 BACKGROUND ART In recent years, deterioration of existing underground pipes such as water supply pipes, sewage pipes, and power pipes has become serious, and various methods have been proposed for repairing them.
For example, in Patent Document 1, a tubular lining material is brought into close contact with the inner wall surface of an existing pipe buried in the ground, and while compressed air is supplied to the inside of the lining material, air is introduced into the lining material. A method for repairing an existing pipe is disclosed, which includes a curing step of curing the lining material by irradiating the inner surface of the lining material with light using a mobile light irradiation device. In addition, as a material for the lining material, an impregnated substrate made of fibers or the like impregnated with a photocurable resin composition can be used. It is described that a polymerizable resin dissolved in a solvent such as styrene can be used.
[1] 管更生用ライニング材に用いられる樹脂組成物であって、
樹脂(A)と、
エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)と、
増粘剤(C)と、
光重合開始剤(D)とを含有し、
前記樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の25℃における粘度が0.1~3.0Pa・sであり、
前記樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度が400~3,500Pa・sである、樹脂組成物。
[2] 前記樹脂(A)と前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対し、
前記樹脂(A)を35~90質量部、
前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)を10~65質量部、
前記増粘剤(C)を0.01~6質量部、
前記光重合開始剤(D)を0.01~10質量部含む、上記[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[3] 前記樹脂(A)と前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対し、
前記樹脂(A)を20~80質量部、
前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)を20~80質量部、
前記増粘剤(C)を0.01~6質量部、
前記光重合開始剤(D)を0.01~10質量部含む、上記[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[4] 前記樹脂(A)が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)及び不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)から選択される少なくとも1種を含む、上記[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。
[5] 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P2)と、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)との付加反応生成物であり、
前記エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、前記多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)由来の、エポキシ基と反応し得る酸基の総量が5~25モルである、上記[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[6] 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P3)と、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物である、上記[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[7] 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)が、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P3)、並びに不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P4)と、不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)との反応生成物である、上記[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[8] 前記不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)は、ジオール(a2-1)及び二塩基酸(a2-2)の反応生成物であり、
前記ジオール(a2-1)は、分子量が90~500のアルカンジオールである、ジオール(a2-1-1)を、前記ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して43~85モル%含み、
前記二塩基酸(a2-2)は、エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)及びエチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)を含む、上記[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[9] 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)の水酸基価が10~120KOHmg/gである、請求項4~7のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。
[10] 前記増粘剤(C)が、第2族元素の酸化物及び水酸化物から選択される少なくとも1種である、上記[1]~[9]のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。
[11] 前記樹脂組成物が、水及びヒドロキシ基含有化合物から選択される少なくとも1種である化合物(E)をさらに含有する、上記[1]~[10]のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。
[12] 前記樹脂組成物が、揺変剤をさらに含有する、上記[1]又は[2]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[13] 上記[1]~[12]のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物と、繊維基材(F)とを含む、ライニング材用材料。 That is, the present invention provides the following means.
[1] A resin composition used for a lining material for pipe rehabilitation,
a resin (A);
an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B);
a thickener (C);
containing a photopolymerization initiator (D),
The viscosity at 25 ° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is 0.1 to 3.0 Pa s,
A resin composition having a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa·s at 25° C. at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparation of the resin composition.
[2] With respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
35 to 90 parts by mass of the resin (A),
10 to 65 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C),
The resin composition according to [1] above, containing 0.01 to 10 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D).
[3] With respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
20 to 80 parts by mass of the resin (A),
20 to 80 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C),
The resin composition according to [1] above, containing 0.01 to 10 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D).
[4] The resin (A) according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the resin (A) contains at least one selected from a vinyl ester resin (A1) and an unsaturated polyester resin (A2). Resin composition.
[5] The vinyl ester resin (A1) includes an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and a polybasic acid anhydride (a1- 3) is an addition reaction product of the resin precursor (P2), which is the reaction product of 3), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4),
The total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 5 to 25 mols per 100 mols of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1). , the resin composition according to the above [4].
[6] The vinyl ester resin (A1) is a resin precursor (P3) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) and the resin composition according to [4] above, which is a reaction product of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
[7] A resin precursor (P3) in which the vinyl ester resin (A1) is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) , and the reaction product of the resin precursor (P4), which is the reaction product of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and the unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6), described in [4] above. of the resin composition.
[8] The unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is a reaction product of a diol (a2-1) and a dibasic acid (a2-2),
The diol (a2-1) contains 43 to 85 mol% of the diol (a2-1-1), which is an alkanediol having a molecular weight of 90 to 500, relative to 100 mol% of the diol (a2-1),
The dibasic acid (a2-2) includes an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2), the above [ 4].
[9] The resin composition according to any one of [4] to [7], wherein the vinyl ester resin (A1) has a hydroxyl value of 10 to 120 KOHmg/g.
[10] The resin according to any one of [1] to [9] above, wherein the thickener (C) is at least one selected from oxides and hydroxides of Group 2 elements. Composition.
[11] The resin according to any one of [1] to [10] above, wherein the resin composition further contains a compound (E) that is at least one selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound. Composition.
[12] The resin composition according to [1] or [2] above, which further contains a thixotropic agent.
[13] A lining material comprising the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12] above and a fiber base material (F).
「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の総称である。同様に、「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの総称であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」とは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの総称である。
樹脂(A)の「酸価」とは、JIS K6901:2008に準拠した方法で測定される、樹脂(A)1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムのmg数である。具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
樹脂(A)の「水酸基価」とは、JIS K6901:2008に準拠した方法で測定される、樹脂(A)1gのアセチル化で発生する酢酸を中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムのmg数である。具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
「重量平均分子量Mw」(以下、単に「Mw」とも表記する。)及び「数平均分子量Mn」(以下、単に「Mn」とも表記する。)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定によって求められる標準ポリスチレン換算分子量である。具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
樹脂(A)の「粘度」とは、樹脂(A)とエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)との混合物を、E型粘度計を用いて、温度25℃で測定した値を換算した値である。具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
樹脂組成物の「粘度」とは、B型粘度計を用いて、温度25℃で測定した値である。具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
「多塩基酸無水物由来の酸基」とは、特に断りのある場合以外は、多塩基酸無水物から生じた遊離酸基を意味する。 First, definitions and meanings of terms and notations used in this specification are shown below.
"(Meth)acrylic acid" is a generic term for acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Similarly, "(meth)acrylate" is a generic term for acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acryloyl" is a generic term for acryloyl and methacryloyl.
The "acid value" of resin (A) is the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of resin (A), measured by a method conforming to JIS K6901:2008. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
The "hydroxyl value" of resin (A) is mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid generated by acetylation of 1 g of resin (A), measured by a method conforming to JIS K6901:2008. is a number. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
"Weight average molecular weight Mw" (hereinafter also simply referred to as "Mw") and "Number average molecular weight Mn" (hereinafter also simply referred to as "Mn") are obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement. It is the standard polystyrene equivalent molecular weight that is used. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
The "viscosity" of the resin (A) is a value obtained by measuring a mixture of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) using an E-type viscometer at a temperature of 25°C. is. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
The “viscosity” of the resin composition is a value measured at a temperature of 25° C. using a Brookfield viscometer. Specifically, it is measured by the method described in Examples below.
The term "acid group derived from a polybasic acid anhydride" means a free acid group generated from a polybasic acid anhydride unless otherwise specified.
本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、管更生用ライニング材に用いられる樹脂組成物であって、樹脂(A)と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)と、増粘剤(C)と、光重合開始剤(D)とを含む。そして、前記樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の25℃における粘度が0.1~3Pa・sであり、前記樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度が400~3500Pa・sである。
ここで、樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の25℃における粘度とは、樹脂組成物を構成する総ての成分を混合して樹脂組成物を製造した時から1時間後の樹脂組成物の25℃における粘度を指す。また、樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度とは、樹脂(A)と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)と、増粘剤(C)と、光重合開始剤(D)とを全て混合した時、すなわち上記成分を全て含む樹脂組成物を製造した時から2日後及び5日後の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度を指す。
前記樹脂組成物は、増粘速度が適度にコントロールされたものである。 [Resin composition]
The resin composition of the present embodiment is a resin composition used for a lining material for pipe rehabilitation, comprising a resin (A), an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), a thickener (C), and a photopolymerization initiator (D). Then, the viscosity at 25 ° C. 1 hour after preparing the resin composition is 0.1 to 3 Pa s, and at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparing the resin composition. It has a viscosity of 400 to 3500 Pa·s at 25°C.
Here, the viscosity at 25 ° C. one hour after preparing the resin composition is the resin composition one hour after the resin composition is produced by mixing all the components constituting the resin composition. refers to the viscosity at 25°C. Further, the viscosity at 25 ° C. at least one of 2 days after preparing the resin composition and 5 days after preparing the resin composition, the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), and the thickener It refers to the viscosity at 25° C. at least one of 2 days and 5 days after mixing all of (C) and photopolymerization initiator (D), that is, after producing a resin composition containing all of the above components.
The resin composition has an appropriately controlled thickening rate.
本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の25℃における粘度が0.1~3.0Pa・sであることで、樹脂抜けの部分がない均質状態で、樹脂組成物を繊維基材(F)に効率的かつ十分に含浸することができる。また、樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度が400~3,500Pa・sであることで、管更生時、ライニング材中の繊維基材(F)に含浸させた樹脂組成物の流動が抑制され、樹脂組成物が偏在することなく、ライニング材は形態保持性に優れたものとなる。また、樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度が上記範囲であることで、ライニング材には適度な柔軟性が付与され、管更生時の施工容易性が向上する。このようなライニング材を用いると、管を好適に補修することができる。 The resin composition used for the lining material for pipe rehabilitation is required to have a low viscosity so as to facilitate impregnation when the fiber base material (F) described later is impregnated with the resin composition. On the other hand, when performing pipe rehabilitation, the resin composition contained in the lining material should have a viscosity that allows it to be uniformly distributed in the fiber base material (F) without being unevenly distributed. is required.
The resin composition of the present embodiment has a viscosity of 0.1 to 3.0 Pa s at 25 ° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition, so that the resin can be The composition can efficiently and sufficiently impregnate the fiber base material (F). In addition, when the resin composition has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa s at least one of 2 days and 5 days after the preparation of the resin composition at 25 ° C., when the pipe is rehabilitated, the fiber base material in the lining material The flow of the resin composition impregnated with (F) is suppressed, the resin composition is not unevenly distributed, and the lining material has excellent shape retention. In addition, when the viscosity at 25°C of at least one of two days and five days after preparation of the resin composition is within the above range, the lining material is imparted with appropriate flexibility, and during pipe rehabilitation. Ease of construction is improved. The use of such a lining material makes it possible to suitably repair pipes.
樹脂組成物の調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの粘度は、より形態保持性に優れつつ、柔軟性を有するライニング材を得る観点から、好ましくは400~3,500Pa・s、より好ましくは450~2,500Pa・s、さらに好ましくは500~2,000Pa・sである。 From the viewpoint of more efficient and sufficient impregnation with the resin composition, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour has passed is preferably 0.2 to 2.8 Pa·s, more preferably 0.3 to 2.0 Pa·s. 5 Pa·s, more preferably 0.4 to 2.3 Pa·s.
From the viewpoint of obtaining a flexible lining material with excellent shape retention, the viscosity of at least one of the resin composition after 2 days and 5 days after preparation is preferably 400 to 3,500 Pa·. s, more preferably 450 to 2,500 Pa·s, still more preferably 500 to 2,000 Pa·s.
樹脂(A)は、特に限定されるものではないが、エチレン性不飽和基を有するものが好ましい。樹脂(A)としては、例えば、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート樹脂(A3)、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート樹脂(A4)、(メタ)アクリレート樹脂(A5)等が挙げられる。増粘速度を適度にコントロールする観点、及び管更生の施工容易性の観点から、樹脂(A)が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)及び不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。これらの樹脂は1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 <Resin (A)>
The resin (A) is not particularly limited, but preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples of the resin (A) include vinyl ester resin (A1), unsaturated polyester resin (A2), urethane (meth)acrylate resin (A3), polyester (meth)acrylate resin (A4), (meth)acrylate resin ( A5) and the like. The resin (A) contains at least one selected from the vinyl ester resin (A1) and the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) from the viewpoint of moderately controlling the viscosity increase rate and the ease of pipe rehabilitation work. is preferred. These resins may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)は、エチレン性不飽和基を有するものであれば、特に限定されるものではないが、下記(A1-1)~(A1-5)等が挙げられる。
・ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1):1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物
・ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2):1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P1)と、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)との付加反応生成物
・ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3):1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)、及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P2)と、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)との付加反応生成物
・ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4):1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P3)と、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物
・ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5): 樹脂前駆体(P3)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P4)と、不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)との反応生成物であって、前記樹脂前駆体(P3)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物 [Vinyl ester resin (A1)]
The vinyl ester resin (A1) is not particularly limited as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated group, and examples thereof include the following (A1-1) to (A1-5).
· Vinyl ester resin (A1-1): reaction product of epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) · Vinyl ester resin (A1- 2): A resin precursor (P1) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and a polybasic acid anhydride Addition reaction product with product (a1-4) Vinyl ester resin (A1-3): epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2 ), and the resin precursor (P2), which is the reaction product of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3), and the addition reaction product of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4), the vinyl ester resin (A1- 4): A resin precursor (P3) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5), and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1 -2) Reaction product with vinyl ester resin (A1-5): Resin precursor (P4) which is a reaction product with resin precursor (P3) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), A reaction product with an unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6), the resin precursor (P3) includes an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound ( a1-5) reaction product
これらの樹脂は1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 The hydroxyl value of the vinyl ester resin (A1) is preferably 10 mg KOH/g or more, more preferably 15 mg KOH/g or more, and still more preferably 20 mg KOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening rate of the resin composition. Also, from the viewpoint of efficiently thickening the resin composition, it is preferably 120 mg KOH/g or less, more preferably 110 mg KOH/g or less, and even more preferably 100 mg KOH/g or less.
These resins may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)は、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物である。
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)は、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基が開環して生じたヒドロキシ基と、増粘剤(C)との相互作用により樹脂組成物が増粘する。
樹脂組成物が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)を含むと、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなり、また、樹脂組成物の硬化物の物性を調整し易くなる。 [Vinyl ester resin (A1-1)]
The vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
The vinyl ester resin (A1-1) thickens the resin composition due to the interaction between the hydroxy group formed by the ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the thickener (C).
When the resin composition contains the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), it becomes easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and to adjust the physical properties of the cured product of the resin composition.
なお、Mw/Mnは、分子量分布の指標であり、1であるとき単分散ポリマーであることを表し、この比が大きいほど分子量分布が広いことを意味する。 The Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of the synthesis conditions. is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.7 or less, and still more preferably 1.5 or less from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening rate.
Mw/Mn is an index of molecular weight distribution, and when it is 1, it indicates a monodisperse polymer, and the larger this ratio, the wider the molecular weight distribution.
エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が80モル以上であれば、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)中に十分な量のエチレン性不飽和基が導入されるため、樹脂組成物は良好な硬化性を発現し易い。また、増粘速度、並びに樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの粘度をコントロールする観点、製造安定性の観点から、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)に未反応のエポキシ基が残存していないことが好ましく、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が100モルであることが好ましい。 In the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1- The total amount of acid groups in 2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more, preferably 120 mol or less, more preferably 110 mol or less, More preferably, it is 105 mol or less.
If the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 80 mol or more with respect to the total amount of epoxy groups of 100 mol of the epoxy compound (a1-1), vinyl ester resin (A1-1) Since a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups are introduced in , the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability. In addition, from the viewpoint of controlling the viscosity increase rate and at least one of the viscosity after 2 days and 5 days after preparing the resin composition, and from the viewpoint of production stability, the vinyl ester resin (A1-1) is not used. It is preferable that the reaction epoxy group does not remain, and the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 100 mol with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). Preferably.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P1)に、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)をさらに付加させた反応生成物である。
樹脂組成物が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)を含むと、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をよりコントロールし易くなる。また、樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の粘度及び硬化物の物性をよりコントロールし易くなる。 [Vinyl ester resin (A1-2)]
The vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is a resin precursor (P1 ) to which polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is further added.
When the resin composition contains the vinyl ester resin (A1-2), it becomes easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. In addition, it becomes easier to control the viscosity and the physical properties of the cured product after one hour from the preparation of the resin composition.
また、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)は、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)の付加によりカルボキシ基が導入されるため、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)に比べ、増粘剤(C)との相互作用が向上し、樹脂組成物の増粘速度が向上する。
また、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)は、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)に比べ、分子量分布が広くかつ高分子量であるため、樹脂組成物の調製後から2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの粘度が高い傾向にある。 The vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is a vinyl ester resin (A1 Compared to -1), the total amount of hydroxy groups is reduced, and the viscosity is reduced 1 hour after the resin composition is prepared. As a result, as compared with the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), the impregnating property into the fiber base material (F), which will be described later, is better.
In addition, since the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) has a carboxyl group introduced by the addition of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4), compared to the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), the thickener (C) The interaction with is improved, and the thickening speed of the resin composition is improved.
In addition, since the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) has a wider molecular weight distribution and a higher molecular weight than the vinyl ester resin (A1-1), after 2 days and 5 days from the preparation of the resin composition At least one of the viscosity tends to be high.
エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が80モル以上であれば、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)中に十分な量のエチレン性不飽和基が導入されるため、樹脂組成物は良好な硬化性を発現し易い。また、増粘速度、並びに樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの粘度をコントロールする観点、製造安定性の観点から、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)に未反応のエポキシ基が残存していないことが好ましく、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が100モルであることが好ましい。 In the vinyl ester resin (A1-2), the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1- The total amount of acid groups in 2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more, preferably 120 mol or less, more preferably 110 mol or less, More preferably, it is 105 mol or less.
If the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 80 mol or more with respect to the total amount of epoxy groups of 100 mol of the epoxy compound (a1-1), vinyl ester resin (A1-2) Since a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups are introduced in , the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability. In addition, from the viewpoint of controlling the viscosity increase rate and at least one of the viscosity after 2 days and 5 days after preparing the resin composition, and from the viewpoint of production stability, the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is not used. It is preferable that no reaction epoxy groups remain, and the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 100 mol with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). Preferably.
多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)が、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、3モル以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度の増大に必要な量のカルボキシ基がビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)に十分に導入され、また、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)由来のエポキシ基が開環して生じたヒドロキシ基が、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)の付加によって消費され、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度の上昇を抑制することができる。また、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)が60モル以下であることにより、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなる。 In the vinyl ester resin (A1-2), the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) with respect to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). However, the amount is preferably 3 to 60 mol, more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol.
The amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the amount necessary for increasing the thickening rate of the resin composition. is sufficiently introduced into the vinyl ester resin (A1-2), and the hydroxy groups generated by the ring-opening of the epoxy groups derived from the epoxy compound (a1-1) form the polybasic acid anhydride (a1- It is consumed by the addition of 4), and it is possible to suppress the increase in viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared. Further, when the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 60 mol or less, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
本実施形態のビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)、及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P2)と、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)との付加反応生成物である。
樹脂組成物が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)を含むことで、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度の向上を抑制することができる。また、増粘速度を向上させ、樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの粘度を増大させることができる。 [Vinyl ester resin (A1-3)]
The vinyl ester resin (A1-3) of the present embodiment includes an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and a polybasic acid anhydride. It is an addition reaction product between the resin precursor (P2), which is the reaction product of (a1-3), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4).
By including the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) in the resin composition, it is possible to suppress an increase in viscosity one hour after the preparation of the resin composition. In addition, it is possible to improve the viscosity increasing rate and increase the viscosity at least either two days or five days after preparation of the resin composition.
また、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基が開環して生じたヒドロキシ基に多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)及び(a1-4)が付加するため、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)及び(A1-2)に比べ、ヒドロキシ基の総量が減少し、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度が低下する。よって、後述の繊維基材(F)への含浸性が良好となる。
また、多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)及び(a1-4)の付加により、カルボキシ基が導入されるため、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)及び(A1-2)に比べ、増粘剤(C)との相互作用がさらに向上し、樹脂組成物の増粘速度がさらに向上する。 The vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is obtained by reacting the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) with the carboxyl group of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to form the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). is ring-opened to generate a hydroxy group, polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is ring-opening addition to the hydroxy group, and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is generated by ring-opening addition The resulting carboxyl group further reacts with the unreacted epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1) to crosslink and polymerize. Therefore, the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) has a higher molecular weight and a wider molecular weight distribution than the vinyl ester resins (A1-1) and (A1-2). Therefore, the speed of thickening is improved, and the viscosity of the resin composition tends to be high at least either two days or five days after preparation.
Further, since the polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-3) and (a1-4) are added to the hydroxy groups formed by ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the vinyl ester resin (A1-1 ) and (A1-2), the total amount of hydroxy groups is reduced, and the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is reduced. Therefore, the impregnating properties into the fiber base material (F), which will be described later, are improved.
In addition, the addition of polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-3) and (a1-4) introduces a carboxyl group, so compared to the vinyl ester resins (A1-1) and (A1-2), the thickener The interaction with (C) is further improved, and the thickening speed of the resin composition is further improved.
樹脂前駆体(P2)において、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の量は、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が、75~95モルとなる量であることが好ましく、より好ましくは77~93モル、さらに好ましくは79~91モルである。
エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が75モル以上であれば、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)中に十分な量のエチレン性不飽和基が導入されるため、樹脂組成物は良好な硬化性を発現し易い。また、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が95モル以下であれば、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)と不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物と多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)が十分に架橋され、良好な増粘性を有する樹脂組成物が得られ易い。 In the vinyl ester resin (A1-3), first, an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and a polybasic acid anhydride (a1 A resin precursor (P2), which is the reaction product of -3), is obtained.
In the resin precursor (P2), the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1). The total amount of acid groups in is preferably 75 to 95 mol, more preferably 77 to 93 mol, and still more preferably 79 to 91 mol.
If the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 75 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), vinyl ester resin (A1-3) Since a sufficient amount of ethylenically unsaturated groups are introduced in , the resin composition tends to exhibit good curability. Further, when the total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is 95 mol or less, the reaction product of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) The basic acid anhydride (a1-3) is sufficiently crosslinked to easily obtain a resin composition having good thickening properties.
エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)由来の、エポキシ基と反応し得る酸基の総量が5モル以上であることにより、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)と多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)との架橋により、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)の分子量が増加し、樹脂組成物を効率的に増粘させることができる。また、多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)由来の、エポキシ基と反応し得る酸基の総量が25モル以下であることにより、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のの架橋の程度を制御しやすく、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)の合成時のゲル化が抑制され、また、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなる。 In the resin precursor (P2), the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 100 moles of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). The total amount of derived acid groups is preferably 5 to 25 mol, more preferably 7 to 23 mol, still more preferably 9 to 21 mol.
The total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 5 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1), Crosslinking of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) increases the molecular weight of the vinyl ester resin (A1), and can effectively thicken the resin composition. Further, when the total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 25 mol or less, the degree of crosslinking of the epoxy compound (a1-1) can be easily controlled. , the gelling during the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is suppressed, and the thickening rate of the resin composition can be easily controlled.
不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)由来の酸基の総量が、前記エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、105モル以上であることにより、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)の未反応のエポキシ基の量が低減し、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなる。また、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)由来の酸基の総量が125モル以下であることにより、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)合成時のゲル化が抑制され、またビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)中の未反応の不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の残存が抑制され、樹脂組成物の増粘速度への影響を抑制できる。 In the resin precursor (P2), an acid group derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) (the "acid group" referred to here is the polybasic acid anhydride (a1 -3) is an acid group generated by hydrolysis.For example, when the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is a dibasic acid anhydride, the number of acid groups generated from one molecule is 2.) is preferably 105 to 125 mol, more preferably 107 to 123 mol, still more preferably 109 to 121 mol, per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1). be.
The total amount of acid groups derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 105 mol per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1). By doing so, the amount of unreacted epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1) is reduced, making it easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Further, the total amount of acid groups derived from the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 125 mol or less, so that the gel during synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) conversion is suppressed, and the residual unreacted unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) in the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is suppressed, and the resin composition It is possible to suppress the influence on the thickening speed.
多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)が、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、3モル以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度の増大に必要な量のカルボキシ基がビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)に導入され、また、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)由来のエポキシ基が開環して生じたヒドロキシ基が、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)の付加によって消費され、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度の上昇を抑制することができる。また、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)が60モル以下であることにより、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなる。 The polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is preferably 3 to 60 mol per 100 mol of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol.
If the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3 mol or more with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the amount necessary for increasing the viscosity thickening rate of the resin composition. The carboxy group of is introduced into the vinyl ester resin (A1-3), and the hydroxy group generated by ring-opening the epoxy group derived from the epoxy compound (a1-1) is the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is consumed by the addition of , and it is possible to suppress the increase in viscosity one hour after the preparation of the resin composition. Further, when the amount of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 60 mol or less, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition.
本実施形態のビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P3)と、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物である。
樹脂組成物が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)を含むことで、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなり、また、樹脂組成物の硬化物の物性を調整し易くなる。 (Vinyl ester resin (A1-4))
The vinyl ester resin (A1-4) of the present embodiment is a resin precursor (a resin precursor ( P3) and the reaction product of unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
By including the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) in the resin composition, it becomes easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and to adjust the physical properties of the cured product of the resin composition.
なお、Mw/Mnは、分子量分布の指標であり、1であるとき単分散ポリマーであることを表し、この比が大きいほど分子量分布が広いことを意味する。 Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and still more preferably 1.3 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of synthesis conditions. From the viewpoint of suppressing variations in physical properties of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 2.3 or less.
Mw/Mn is an index of molecular weight distribution, and when it is 1, it indicates a monodisperse polymer, and the larger this ratio, the wider the molecular weight distribution.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)は、樹脂前駆体(P3)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P4)と、不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)との反応生成物であって、前記樹脂前駆体(P3)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である。 (Vinyl ester resin (A1-5))
The vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is a resin precursor (P3) and a resin precursor (P4) which is a reaction product of an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and an unsaturated polybasic acid (a1- 6), wherein the resin precursor (P3) is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) is.
樹脂組成物が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)を含むと、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易くなり、また、樹脂組成物の硬化物の物性を調整し易くなる。 In the vinyl ester resin (A1-5), the resin composition thickens due to the interaction between the compound (C) and the hydroxy group generated by ring-opening of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1).
When the resin composition contains the vinyl ester resin (A1-5), it becomes easier to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and to adjust the physical properties of the cured product of the resin composition.
なお、Mw/Mnは、分子量分布の指標であり、1であるとき単分散ポリマーであることを表し、この比が大きいほど分子量分布が広いことを意味する。 Mw/Mn of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and still more preferably 1.3 or more, from the viewpoint of ease of control of the synthesis conditions. From the viewpoint of suppressing variations in physical properties of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed, it is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 2.3 or less.
Mw/Mn is an index of molecular weight distribution, and when it is 1, it indicates a monodisperse polymer, and the larger this ratio, the wider the molecular weight distribution.
エポキシ化合物(a1-1)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有する化合物であり、モノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマー全般を用いることができ、その分子量及び分子構造は特に限定されない。エポキシ化合物(a1-1)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。
エポキシ化合物(a1-1)としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、及びビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂等のビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂;フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂;tert-ブチルカテコール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、線状脂肪族エポキシ樹脂、ブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、複素環式エポキシ樹脂、スピロ環含有エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサンジメタノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。中でも、樹脂組成物到達粘度を過度に高くなることを抑制し、増粘速度をコントロールする観点から、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂及びフェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂から選択される一種以上が好ましく、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂から選択される一種以上がより好ましく、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂がさらに好ましい。 (Epoxy compound (a1-1))
The epoxy compound (a1-1) is a compound having two epoxy groups in one molecule, and monomers, oligomers and polymers in general can be used, and the molecular weight and molecular structure are not particularly limited. The epoxy compounds (a1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the epoxy compound (a1-1) include bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and bisphenol AF type epoxy resin; phenol novolac type epoxy resin; tert -butylcatechol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, linear aliphatic epoxy resin, epoxy resin having a butadiene structure, alicyclic Epoxy resins, heterocyclic epoxy resins, spiro ring-containing epoxy resins, cyclohexanedimethanol-type epoxy resins, naphthylene ether-type epoxy resins, and the like. Among them, one or more selected from bisphenol-type epoxy resins and phenol novolac-type epoxy resins are preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive increase in the reaching viscosity of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed, and bisphenol A-type epoxy resins. , bisphenol F-type epoxy resin, bisphenol S-type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF-type epoxy resin, and phenol novolak-type epoxy resin are more preferable, and bisphenol A-type epoxy resin is more preferable.
不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)は、エチレン性不飽和基を有するモノカルボン酸が好ましく、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。
不飽和一塩基酸としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸等が挙げられる。中でも、汎用性やビニルエステル樹脂(A)の合成時の反応性、及び良好な硬化性を有する樹脂組成物を得る観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸がより好ましく、耐薬品性の観点から、メタクリル酸がさらに好ましい。 (Unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2))
The unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferably a monocarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of unsaturated monobasic acids include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid and the like. Among them, at least one selected from (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid is preferable from the viewpoint of versatility, reactivity during synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A), and obtaining a resin composition having good curability. , (meth)acrylic acid is more preferred, and from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, methacrylic acid is even more preferred.
多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)は、カルボキシ基を1分子内に複数個有する化合物が、少なくとも2個のカルボキシ基が脱水縮合して酸無水物を形成している。これらの中でも、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)の合成のしやすさ、分子量や酸価の制御のしやすさ、及び樹脂組成物の粘度を適度に制御する等の観点から、二塩基酸無水物が好ましい。多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されてもよい。 (Polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3))
The polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is a compound having a plurality of carboxy groups in one molecule, and at least two carboxy groups undergo dehydration condensation to form an acid anhydride. Among these, dibasic acid anhydride is used from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1), ease of control of the molecular weight and acid value, and moderate control of the viscosity of the resin composition. preferable. Polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)は、カルボキシ基を一分子内に複数個有する化合物であり、少なくとも2個のカルボキシ基が脱水縮合して酸無水物を形成している。中でも、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)及び(A1-3)の合成の際の取り扱い容易性、分子量や酸価のコントロールのし易さ、及び樹脂組成物の良好な粘度特性等の観点から、二塩基酸無水物が好ましい。多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。
多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)の具体例としては、多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)と同様のものが挙げられ、無水マレイン酸がより好ましい。多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)と多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)とは、同じものであっても、異なるものであってもよい。 (Polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4))
The polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is a compound having a plurality of carboxy groups in one molecule, and at least two carboxy groups undergo dehydration condensation to form an acid anhydride. Among them, from the viewpoint of ease of handling during synthesis of the vinyl ester resins (A1-2) and (A1-3), ease of control of molecular weight and acid value, and good viscosity characteristics of the resin composition, Dibasic anhydrides are preferred. Polybasic acid anhydrides (a1-4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Specific examples of the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) include those similar to the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3), and maleic anhydride is more preferred. The polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) may be the same or different.
ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)は、その分子量及び分子構造は特に限定されるものではない。ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。
ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールAP、ビスフェノールAF、ビスフェノールB、ビスフェノールBP、ビスフェノールC、ビスフェノールE、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノールG、ビスフェノールM、ビスフェノールS、ビスフェノールP、ビスフェノールPH、ビスフェノールTMC、ビスフェノールZ等が挙げられる。中でも、樹脂組成物到達粘度が過度に高くなることを抑制し、増粘速度をコントロールする観点から、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールE、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノールSから選択される少なくとも1種以上が好ましく、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールE、ビスフェノールFがより好ましく、耐食性、汎用性及びコストの観点からビスフェノールAがさらに好ましい。 (Bisphenol compound (a1-5))
The bisphenol compound (a1-5) is not particularly limited in its molecular weight and molecular structure. The bisphenol compound (a1-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) include bisphenol A, bisphenol AP, bisphenol AF, bisphenol B, bisphenol BP, bisphenol C, bisphenol E, bisphenol F, bisphenol G, bisphenol M, bisphenol S, bisphenol P, bisphenol PH. , bisphenol TMC, bisphenol Z, and the like. Among them, at least one or more selected from bisphenol A, bisphenol E, bisphenol F, and bisphenol S is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive increase in the reaching viscosity of the resin composition and controlling the thickening speed. , bisphenol E, and bisphenol F are more preferred, and bisphenol A is even more preferred from the viewpoint of corrosion resistance, versatility, and cost.
不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)は、1分子内に2個以上のカルボキシ基と、不飽和基を1個以上有する化合物であり、その分子量及び分子構造は特に限定されない。不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)は1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。
不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)としては、例えば無水マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸、シトラコン酸、クロロマレイン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、フタル酸、イタコン酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸等が挙げられる。中でも、製造コストの観点から、無水マレイン酸及びフマル酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸が好ましく、コハク酸、フマル酸、無水マレイン酸がより好ましく、フマル酸がさらに好ましい。 (Unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6))
The unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) is a compound having two or more carboxyl groups and one or more unsaturated groups in one molecule, and its molecular weight and molecular structure are not particularly limited. The unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of unsaturated polybasic acids (a1-6) include maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, chloromaleic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, phthalic acid, itaconic acid, tetrahydro phthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and the like. Among them, maleic anhydride and fumaric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid are preferred, succinic acid, fumaric acid, and maleic anhydride are more preferred, and fumaric acid is even more preferred, from the viewpoint of production costs.
不飽和ポリエステル樹脂は、不飽和二塩基酸、及び、必要に応じて飽和二塩基酸を含む二塩基酸成分と、多価アルコールとをエステル化反応させて得られたものを用いることができる。
前記不飽和二塩基酸や前記飽和二塩基酸としては、例えば、WO2016/171151号公報に記載のものなどを挙げることができ、これらは単独でも、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
前記多価アルコールに特に制限はないが、例えば、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート樹脂の場合と同様、WO2016/171151号公報に記載のものを挙げることができる。 [Unsaturated polyester resin (A2)]
As the unsaturated polyester resin, one obtained by subjecting an unsaturated dibasic acid, and optionally a dibasic acid component containing a saturated dibasic acid, to an esterification reaction with a polyhydric alcohol can be used.
Examples of the unsaturated dibasic acid and the saturated dibasic acid include those described in WO2016/171151, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Although the polyhydric alcohol is not particularly limited, examples thereof include those described in WO2016/171151, as in the case of the urethane (meth)acrylate resin.
不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)の含有量が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易い。また、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)の含有量が80質量部以下であれば、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)によって、繊維基材(F)に含浸させる際の樹脂組成物の粘度をより低下させ易い。 When the resin composition contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) in the resin composition is the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer ( It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of B).
When the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Further, if the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition when impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is reduced to easier to lower.
不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)の含有量が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易い。また、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)の含有量が80質量部以下であれば、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)によって、、繊維基材(F)に含浸させる際の樹脂組成物の粘度をより低下させ易い。 When the resin composition contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) in the resin composition is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. parts, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
When the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Further, if the content of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition when impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is more likely to be lowered.
ジオール(a2-1)は、1分子中に2個のヒドロキシ基を有する化合物である。そして、ジオール(a2-1)は、分子量が90~500のである、アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)を、43~85モル%含む。
ジオール(a2-1)は、アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)以外に、アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)とは異なるアルカンジオール(a2-1-2)や、アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)及びアルカンジオール(a2-1-2)とは異なるその他のジオールを含んでもよい。 <Diol (a2-1)>
Diol (a2-1) is a compound having two hydroxy groups in one molecule. The diol (a2-1) contains 43-85 mol % of an alkanediol (a2-1-1) having a molecular weight of 90-500.
The diol (a2-1) includes, in addition to the alkanediol (a2-1-1), an alkanediol (a2-1-2) different from the alkanediol (a2-1-1), an alkanediol (a2-1- 1) and other diols different from the alkanediol (a2-1-2).
アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)は、分子量が90~500のアルカンジオールであり、炭化水素の2つの炭素原子に結合した水素原子が1つずつヒドロキシ基に置換された化合物である。アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。
アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)は、分子内にヒドロキシ基以外の極性基や電気陰性度の大きな原子を含まないため、エーテル結合をもつポリオキシアレキレンポリオール等と比較して、水分子との相互作用が小さい。よって、樹脂組成物がアルカンジオール(a2-1-1)と二塩基酸(a2-2)の反応生成物である不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含むことで、樹脂組成物の吸湿性を低下させ、樹脂組成物増粘後の粘度変化を抑制して、粘度安定性に優れるものとなる。 (Alkanediol (a2-1-1))
The alkanediol (a2-1-1) is an alkanediol having a molecular weight of 90 to 500, and is a compound in which hydrogen atoms bonded to two carbon atoms of a hydrocarbon are each substituted with a hydroxy group. The alkanediol (a2-1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Since alkanediol (a2-1-1) does not contain polar groups other than hydroxy groups or atoms with high electronegativity in the molecule, compared to polyoxyalkylene polyols with ether bonds, interaction is small. Therefore, the resin composition contains an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) which is a reaction product of the alkanediol (a2-1-1) and the dibasic acid (a2-2), thereby reducing the hygroscopicity of the resin composition. This suppresses the change in viscosity after the resin composition is thickened, resulting in excellent viscosity stability.
これらの中でも、増粘後の粘度安定性に優れる樹脂組成物を得る観点から、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、ビスフェノールAの水素化物が好ましく、入手性や製造コストの観点から、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオールが好ましい。 Examples of the alkanediol (a2-1-1) include 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butane Diol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-diethyl -1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1,2-octanediol, 1,2- nonanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 2, 2-di(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)propane, bisphenol A, bisphenol F and bisphenol S hydrides, and the like.
Among these, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, bisphenol A hydrides are used from the viewpoint of obtaining a resin composition having excellent viscosity stability after thickening. is preferred, and 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol is preferred from the viewpoint of availability and production cost.
アルカンジオール(a2-1-2)は、アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)とは異なるアルカンジオールであり、分子量が90~500のアルカンジオールを含まない。
アルカンジオール(a1-2)の分子量は、樹脂組成物の増粘後の粘度安定性の観点から、好ましくは60以上、より好ましくは65以上、さらに好ましくは70以上であり、製造容易性及び製造コストの観点から、好ましくは85以下、より好ましくは80以下、さらに好ましくは78以下である。
アルカンジオール(a2-1-2)としては、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、樹脂組成物の増粘後の粘度安定性の観点から、プロピレングリコールがより好ましい。
ジオール(a2-1)中のアルカンジオール(a2-1-2)の含有量は、ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対し、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を合成する際に、低分子量体や未反応原料等の結晶物等が析出することを抑制し、より樹脂組成物の繊維基材に対する含浸性を向上させる観点から、15モル%以上、好ましくは20モル%以上、より好ましくは25モル%以上である。また、より樹脂組成物の吸湿性を低下させ、樹脂組成物増粘後の粘度変化を抑制して、増粘後の粘度安定性に優れる樹脂組成物を得る観点から、57モル%以下、好ましくは55モル%以下、より好ましくは52モル%以下である。 (Alkanediol (a2-1-2))
The alkanediol (a2-1-2) is an alkanediol different from the alkanediol (a2-1-1) and does not contain alkanediols with a molecular weight of 90-500.
The molecular weight of the alkanediol (a1-2) is preferably 60 or more, more preferably 65 or more, and still more preferably 70 or more, from the viewpoint of viscosity stability after thickening the resin composition. From the viewpoint of cost, it is preferably 85 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and even more preferably 78 or less.
Examples of the alkanediol (a2-1-2) include ethylene glycol and propylene glycol.
Among these, propylene glycol is more preferable from the viewpoint of viscosity stability after thickening the resin composition.
The content of the alkanediol (a2-1-2) in the diol (a2-1) is determined based on 100 mol % of the diol (a2-1) when synthesizing the unsaturated polyester resin (A2). 15 mol% or more, preferably 20 mol% or more, and more preferably 25 mol% or more. Further, from the viewpoint of further reducing the hygroscopicity of the resin composition, suppressing the change in viscosity after thickening the resin composition, and obtaining a resin composition having excellent viscosity stability after thickening, it is preferably 57 mol% or less. is 55 mol % or less, more preferably 52 mol % or less.
その他のジオールは、アルカンジオール(a2-1-1)及びアルカンジオール(a2-1-2)とは異なるジオールである。
その他のジオールの分子量は、製造コスト及び、硬化物の靭性が良好になる観点から、好ましくは70以上、より好ましくは85以上、さらに好ましくは100以上であり、製造容易性及び製造コストの観点から、好ましくは500以下、より好ましくは300以下、さらに好ましくは150以下である。
その他のジオールとしては、例えば、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール等のポリオキシアルキレンポリオールが挙げられる。
これらの中でも、製造コスト及び、硬化物の靭性が良好になる観点から、ジエチレングリコール及び、ジプロピレングリコールがより好ましい。 (other diols)
Other diols are diols different from alkanediol (a2-1-1) and alkanediol (a2-1-2).
The molecular weight of the other diol is preferably 70 or more, more preferably 85 or more, and still more preferably 100 or more from the viewpoint of production cost and good toughness of the cured product. , preferably 500 or less, more preferably 300 or less, still more preferably 150 or less.
Other diols include, for example, polyoxyalkylene polyols such as diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol.
Among these, diethylene glycol and dipropylene glycol are more preferable from the viewpoint of production cost and toughness of the cured product.
二塩基酸(a2-2)は、エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)及びエチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)を含む。
二塩基酸(a2-2)は1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 <Dibasic acid (a2-2)>
The dibasic acid (a2-2) includes an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2).
The dibasic acid (a2-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)は、1分子内に2個のカルボキシ基と、エチレン性不飽和基を1個以上有する化合物であり、その分子量及び分子構造は特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)は1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 (Ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1))
The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) is a compound having two carboxy groups and one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, and its molecular weight and molecular structure are particularly Not limited. The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
エチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)は、1分子内に2個のカルボキシ基を有し、エチレン性不飽和基を有さない化合物であり、その分子量及び分子構造は特に限定されない。エチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)は1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 (Ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2))
Ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) is a compound having two carboxy groups in one molecule and no ethylenically unsaturated group, and its molecular weight and molecular structure is not particularly limited. The ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有するポリウレタンである。具体的には、ポリイソシアネートとポリヒドロキシ化合物または多価アルコール類とを反応させた後、未反応のイソシアナト基にさらにヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル化合物及び必要に応じてヒドロキシ基含有アリルエーテル化合物を反応させて得られる。 [Urethane (meth)acrylate resin (A3)]
A urethane (meth)acrylate resin is a polyurethane having a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Specifically, after reacting a polyisocyanate with a polyhydroxy compound or a polyhydric alcohol, a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylic compound and optionally a hydroxy group-containing allyl ether compound are further added to the unreacted isocyanato groups. Obtained by reaction.
前記ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有するポリエステルである。ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、例えば、以下に示す(1)または(2)の方法により得られる。
(1)末端がカルボキシ基のポリエステルに、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートまたはヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートを反応させる方法
(2)末端がヒドロキシ基のポリエステルに、(メタ)アクリル酸またはイソシアナト基含有(メタ)アクリレートを反応させる方法
上記(1)の方法において原料として用いられる、末端がカルボキシ基のポリエステルとしては、過剰量の飽和多塩基酸及び/または不飽和多塩基酸と多価アルコールとから得られるものが挙げられる。
上記(2)の方法において原料として用いられる、末端がヒドロキシ基のポリエステルとしては、飽和多塩基酸及び/または不飽和多塩基酸と過剰量の多価アルコールとから得られるものが挙げられる。 [Polyester (meth)acrylate resin (A4)]
The polyester (meth)acrylate resin is polyester having a (meth)acryloyloxy group. A polyester (meth)acrylate resin can be obtained, for example, by the method (1) or (2) shown below.
(1) A method of reacting an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate or a hydroxy group-containing (meth)acrylate with a carboxy-terminated polyester (2) A hydroxy-terminated polyester containing (meth)acrylic acid or an isocyanato group A method of reacting (meth)acrylate with a carboxyl-terminated polyester used as a raw material in the above method (1) is obtained from an excess amount of saturated polybasic acid and/or unsaturated polybasic acid and polyhydric alcohol. What can be obtained is mentioned.
The hydroxy-terminated polyester used as a raw material in the above method (2) includes those obtained from a saturated polybasic acid and/or an unsaturated polybasic acid and an excess amount of a polyhydric alcohol.
(メタ)アクリレート樹脂(A5)とは、アクリル酸エステルまたはメタクリル酸エステルの重合体である。構成モノマーの具体例としては、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)で例示する(メタ)アクリレートと同様のものが挙げられる。 [(Meth)acrylate resin (A5)]
The (meth)acrylate resin (A5) is a polymer of acrylic acid ester or methacrylic acid ester. Specific examples of the constituent monomers include those similar to the (meth)acrylates exemplified for the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B).
エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)は、カルボキシ基を有さず、エチレン性不飽和基を有していれば特に制限はないが、(メタ)アクリロイル基、またはビニル基を有するものが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されてもよい。
エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の含有量が多いほど、樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の粘度の上昇が抑制され、増粘速度や樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの粘度の上昇が抑制される傾向にある。また、後述の樹脂組成物を含む複合材料等の硬度、強度、耐薬品性、耐水性等を向上させることができる。 <Ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B)>
The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is not particularly limited as long as it does not have a carboxy group and has an ethylenically unsaturated group, but preferably has a (meth)acryloyl group or a vinyl group. . The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The higher the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), the more suppressed the increase in the viscosity after 1 hour from the adjustment of the resin composition, the thickening rate and the resin composition after 2 days from adjustment and At least one increase in viscosity after 5 days tends to be suppressed. In addition, the hardness, strength, chemical resistance, water resistance, etc. of composite materials containing the resin composition described later can be improved.
増粘剤(C)は、特に限定されないが、第2族元素の酸化物及び水酸化物から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。増粘剤(C)が、第2族元素の酸化物及び水酸化物から選択される少なくとも1種である場合、樹脂(A)が有するカルボキシ基及び水酸基、また、その他の成分の化合物のカルボキシル基及び水酸基との相互作用により、樹脂組成物を経時的に増粘させる効果を有する。
増粘剤(C)は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 <Thickener (C)>
Although the thickener (C) is not particularly limited, it is preferably at least one selected from group 2 element oxides and hydroxides. When the thickener (C) is at least one selected from oxides and hydroxides of Group 2 elements, the carboxyl group and hydroxyl group possessed by the resin (A), and the carboxyl groups of other component compounds It has the effect of increasing the viscosity of the resin composition over time by interacting with groups and hydroxyl groups.
The thickener (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第2族元素の水酸化物としては、例えば、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カルシウム、水酸化バリウム等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、増粘効果、汎用性及びコスト等の観点から、酸化マグネシウムが好ましい。 Examples of oxides of Group 2 elements include magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, and barium oxide.
Examples of hydroxides of Group 2 elements include magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide and the like.
Among these, magnesium oxide is preferable from the viewpoints of thickening effect, versatility, cost, and the like.
光重合開始剤としては、光照射によりラジカルを発生するものであれば特に限定されない。例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル等のベンゾインとそのアルキルエーテル類;アセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、1,1-ジクロロアセトフェノン、4-(1-t-ブチルジオキシ-1-メチルエチル)アセトフェノン等のアセトフェノン類;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン等のα-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン類;2-メチルアントラキノン、2-アミルアントラキノン、2-t-ブチルアントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノン等のアントラキノン類;2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン等のチオキサントン類;アセトフェノンジメチルケタール、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のケタール類;ベンゾフェノン、4-(1-t-ブチルジオキシ-1-メチルエチル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラキス(t-ブチルジオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン類;2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノ-プロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタノン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタン-1-オン等のモルホリン類;フェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ホスフィンオキシド等のアシルホスフィンオキサイド類;キサントン類等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されてもよい。 <Photoinitiator (D)>
The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it generates radicals upon irradiation with light. For example, benzoin and its alkyl ethers such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether; -methylethyl)acetophenone and other acetophenones; 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and other α-hydroxyalkylphenones; Anthraquinones such as amyl anthraquinone, 2-t-butyl anthraquinone and 1-chloroanthraquinone; Thioxanthones such as 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone and 2-chlorothioxanthone; Acetophenone dimethyl ketal, benzyl dimethyl ketal and the like Benzophenones such as benzophenone, 4-(1-t-butyldioxy-1-methylethyl)benzophenone, 3,3′,4,4′-tetrakis(t-butyldioxycarbonyl)benzophenone; 2-methyl -1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino-propan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butanone-1-one, 2-benzyl-2 morpholines such as -dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one; acylphosphine oxides such as phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide; and xanthones. . These may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、水及びヒドロキシ基含有化合物から選択される少なくとも1種である化合物(E)を用いてもよい。樹脂組成物が化合物(E)を含むことで、増粘速度をよりコントロールし易くなる。ヒドロキシ基含有化合物としては、例えば、ベンジルアルコール、ステアリルアルコール、イソステアリルアルコール等の沸点50℃以上のアルコールが挙げられる。また、その他、乳酸等のヒドロキシカルボン酸、グリセリン、ポリオール、ヒドロキシ基を含む(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。これらの中でも、入手性、コスト等の観点から、好ましくは水及びアルコールであり、より好ましくは水である。 <Compound (E)>
At least one compound (E) selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound may be used in the resin composition of the present embodiment. Including the compound (E) in the resin composition makes it easier to control the thickening speed. Examples of hydroxy group-containing compounds include alcohols having a boiling point of 50° C. or higher, such as benzyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, and isostearyl alcohol. Other examples include hydroxycarboxylic acids such as lactic acid, glycerin, polyols, and (meth)acrylates containing a hydroxy group. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, water and alcohol are preferred, and water is more preferred, from the viewpoint of availability, cost, and the like.
本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、少なくとも1個のカルボキシ基を有する化合物を含んでもよい。
前記カルボキシ基含有化合物としては、例えば、マレイン酸、フタル酸、イソフタル酸、テレフタル酸、コハク酸、シュウ酸、マロン酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、フマル酸、エンドメチレンテトラヒドロフタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、3-メチル-1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸、4-メチル-1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸、3-メチル-ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、4-メチル-ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、メチル-3,6-エンドメチレン-1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸、トリメリット酸、3-ドデセニルコハク酸、(メタ)アクリル酸等が挙げられる。
市販品としては、ハリダイマー250(ハリマ化成株式会社製)が挙げられる。
カルボキシ基含有化合物は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 <Carboxy group-containing compound>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a compound having at least one carboxyl group.
Examples of the carboxy group-containing compound include maleic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, fumaric acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, and methyltetrahydrophthalic acid. , 3-methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 4-methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 3-methyl-hexahydrophthalic acid, 4-methyl-hexahydrophthalic acid , methyl-3,6-endomethylene-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, trimellitic acid, 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid, (meth)acrylic acid and the like.
Haridimer 250 (manufactured by Harima Kasei Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned as a commercially available product.
The carboxy group-containing compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
また、カルボキシ基含有化合物と増粘剤(C)との相互作用が生じることにより、水が生成する。この生成した水により、樹脂組成物調製後24~48時間の増粘が促進され、目的粘度に早く到達させることができる。さらに、カルボキシ基含有化合物が樹脂組成物に含まれると、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)と、カルボキシ基含有化合物と、増粘剤(C)との相互作用で形成される見かけの分子量が低くなり、樹脂組成物の到達粘度が過度に高くなることを抑制することができる。
前記カルボキシ基含有化合物は、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されていてもよい。 When the resin (A) of the present embodiment contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a carboxy group-containing compound, the carboxy group-containing compound has a lower molecular weight than the unsaturated polyester molecule. Therefore, an interaction occurs between the carboxy group or hydroxy group of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) and the thickening agent (C), and before the resin composition thickens over time, the carboxy group-containing compound and the thickener (C) can suppress the increase in initial viscosity (within 5 hours after preparation of the resin composition).
Moreover, water is produced by the interaction between the carboxy group-containing compound and the thickener (C). The generated water accelerates the thickening of the resin composition for 24 to 48 hours after preparation, so that the target viscosity can be reached quickly. Furthermore, when the carboxy group-containing compound is contained in the resin composition, the apparent molecular weight formed by the interaction of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the carboxy group-containing compound, and the thickener (C) becomes low. , it is possible to suppress the attained viscosity of the resin composition from becoming excessively high.
The carboxy group-containing compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、その他成分として、例えば、その他の樹脂、重合禁止剤、揺変剤、硬化促進剤、触媒、増粘助剤、硬化遅延剤、界面活性剤、界面調整剤、湿潤分散剤、消泡剤、レベリング剤、カップリング剤、光安定剤、ワックス、難燃剤、可塑剤等の添加剤を含有することが可能である。前記添加剤の含有量は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲であれば特に限定されない。 <Other ingredients>
Other components of the resin composition of the present embodiment include, for example, other resins, polymerization inhibitors, thixotropic agents, curing accelerators, catalysts, thickening aids, curing retardants, surfactants, surface modifiers, Additives such as wetting and dispersing agents, antifoaming agents, leveling agents, coupling agents, light stabilizers, waxes, flame retardants and plasticizers can be included. The content of the additive is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention.
重合禁止剤は、樹脂組成物の重合反応の進行を抑制するために用いることができる。本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。
重合禁止剤としては、公知なものを使用することができ、例えば、ハイドロキノン、メチルハイドロキノン、トリメチルハイドロキノン、フェノチアジン、カテコール、4-t-ブチルカテコール、ナフテン酸銅等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上が併用してもよい。 (polymerization inhibitor)
A polymerization inhibitor can be used to suppress the progress of the polymerization reaction of the resin composition. The resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
A known polymerization inhibitor can be used, and examples thereof include hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, trimethylhydroquinone, phenothiazine, catechol, 4-t-butylcatechol, and copper naphthenate. These may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be used together.
揺変剤は、樹脂組成物の混合性や流動性を調整するために用いる。揺変剤としては、有機系揺変剤及び無機系揺変剤が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独または2種以上を併用して用いることが可能である。
本実施形態の樹脂組成物が、揺変剤を含有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂と(A)とエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは、0.01~10質量部、より好ましくは0.1~5質量部である。 (thixotropic agent)
A thixotropic agent is used to adjust the mixability and fluidity of the resin composition. The thixotropic agents include organic thixotropic agents and inorganic thixotropic agents. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a thixotropic agent, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
無機系揺変剤としては、例えば、疎水性処理または親水性処理したシリカ及びベントナイト等が挙げられる。疎水性の無機系揺変剤としては、具体的には、「レオロシール(登録商標)PM-20L」(株式会社トクヤマ製)、「アエロジル(登録商標)R-106」(日本アエロジル株式会社)、「CAB-O-SIL(登録商標)」(キャボット社製)等が挙げられる。親水性の無機系揺変剤としては、具体的には、「アエロジル(登録商標)-200」(日本アエロジル株式会社製)等が挙げられる。なお、親水性の焼成シリカを用いる場合は、揺変性改質剤「BYK(登録商標)-R605」、「BYK(登録商標)-R606」(いずれもBYK社製)の併用が、増粘速度の適度な制御に効果的である。 Organic thixotropic agents include, for example, hydrogenated castor oil, amide, polyethylene oxide, polymerized vegetable oil, surfactant, and composites using these together. Specific examples include "Floron (registered trademark) SP-1000AF" (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), "Disparon (registered trademark) 6900-20X" (Kusumoto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
Examples of inorganic thixotropic agents include hydrophobically or hydrophilically treated silica and bentonite. Specific examples of hydrophobic inorganic thixotropic agents include "Rheolosil (registered trademark) PM-20L" (manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation), "Aerosil (registered trademark) R-106" (Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), "CAB-O-SIL (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Cabot Corporation) and the like. Specific examples of hydrophilic inorganic thixotropic agents include "Aerosil (registered trademark)-200" (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.). When using hydrophilic pyrogenic silica, the combination of thixotropic modifiers "BYK (registered trademark)-R605" and "BYK (registered trademark)-R606" (both manufactured by BYK) will increase the viscosity increase rate. is effective for moderate control of
〔第1の実施形態〕
本実施形態の第1の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物は、樹脂組成物調整後2日経過時の25℃における粘度が400~3,500Pa・sである。
第1の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物中の樹脂(A)の含有量は、樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、樹脂(A)とエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは35~90質量部、より好ましくは40~80質量部、さらに好ましくは45~70質量部であり、樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、樹脂(A)とエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは20~80質量部、より好ましくは30~70質量部、さらに好ましくは40~65質量部である。
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、樹脂(A)の含有量が35質量部以上であれば、樹脂(A)によって、樹脂組成物の増粘速度を適度に大きくし易い。また、樹脂(A)が90質量部以下であれば、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)によって、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、樹脂(A)の含有量が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易い。また、樹脂(A)が80質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。 <Content of each component in the resin composition>
[First embodiment]
The resin composition according to the first embodiment of this embodiment has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa·s at 25° C. two days after preparation of the resin composition.
The content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B ) is preferably 35 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 80 parts by mass, and even more preferably 45 to 70 parts by mass, and the resin (A) is an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) When containing, with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), preferably 20 to 80 parts by weight, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by weight, more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the content of the resin (A) is 35 parts by mass or more, the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening rate of the resin composition. . Further, when the resin (A) is 90 parts by mass or less, the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) tends to reduce the viscosity of the resin composition one hour after the preparation, and the fiber base material (F) Easier to impregnate.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the content of the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Moreover, if the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、樹脂(A)の含有量が35質量部以上であれば、樹脂(A)によって、樹脂組成物の増粘速度を適度に増大し易い。また、樹脂(A)が90質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、樹脂(A)の含有量が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易い。また、樹脂(A)の含有量が80質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。 When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 35 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 45 to 70 parts by mass, and when the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. , preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the content of the resin (A) is 35 parts by mass or more, the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening speed of the resin composition. . Further, when the resin (A) is 90 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the content of the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Moreover, if the content of the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が10質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が65質量部以下であれば、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が80質量部以下であれば、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。 When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is It is preferably 10 to 65 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 55 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the saturated group-containing monomer (B), and the resin (A) is unsaturated. When the saturated polyester resin (A2) is included, it is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). , more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 10 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, It becomes easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F). When the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 65 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is easily reduced. , making it easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F). When the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が10質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が65質量部以下であれば、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が20質量部以上であると、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が80質量部以下であると、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。 The content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. On the contrary, it is preferably 10 to 65 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 60 parts by mass, still more preferably 30 to 55 parts by mass, and when the resin (A) contains an unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the resin composition It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 10 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, It becomes easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F). When the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 65 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is easily reduced. , making it easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F). When the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
化合物(C)が0.1質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘性がより良好となる。化合物(C)が6質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなり、また、増粘速度を適度に制御し易くなる。 The content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0.5 parts per 100 parts by mass in total of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 01 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 4 parts by mass.
If the compound (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition will have better viscosity-increasing properties. When the compound (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easy to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easy to moderately control the thickening speed.
増粘剤(C)が0.1質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘性がより良好となる。増粘剤(C)が6質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなり、また、増粘速度を適度に制御し易くなる。 The content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0.01 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4 parts by mass.
When the thickener (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition has better thickening properties. If the thickener (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easier to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easier to moderately control the thickening speed.
光重合開始剤(D)の含有量が0.01質量部以上であれば、硬化性がより良好な樹脂組成物が得られる。光重合開始剤の含有量が10質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の硬化時に急激な硬化反応及び発熱が生じ難く、クラックが抑制され易くなり、また、強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
When the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are less likely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are more likely to be suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved. An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
光重合開始剤(D)の含有量が0.01質量部以上であれば、硬化性がより良好な樹脂組成物が得られる。光重合開始剤の含有量が10質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の硬化時に急激な硬化反応及び発熱が生じ難く、クラックが抑制され易くなり、また、強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the first embodiment is preferably 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
When the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are less likely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are more likely to be suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved. An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
化合物(E)が0.05質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなる。化合物(E)が3質量部以下であると強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 When the resin composition according to the first embodiment contains a compound (E) that is at least one selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound, the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is With respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of (A) and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.3 to 1 part by mass.
When the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening. When the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material with excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
化合物(E)が0.05質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなる。化合物(E)が3質量部以下であると強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 When the resin composition according to the first embodiment contains a compound (E) that is at least one selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound, the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is It is preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.3 to 1 part by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the composition.
When the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening. When the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material with excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
本実施形態の第2の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物は、樹脂組成物調整後5日経過時の25℃における粘度が400~3,500Pa・sである。
第2の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物中の樹脂(A)の含有量は、樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、樹脂(A)とエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは20~80質量部、より好ましくは30~70質量部、さらに好ましくは40~60質量部であり、樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、樹脂(A)とエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは20~80質量部、より好ましくは30~70質量部、さらに好ましくは40~65質量部である。
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、樹脂(A)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂(A)によって、樹脂組成物の増粘速度を適度に大きくし易い。樹脂(A)が80質量部以下であれば、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)によって、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、樹脂(A)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂(A)によって、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易い。樹脂(A)が80質量部以下であれば、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)によって、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。 [Second embodiment]
The resin composition according to the second embodiment of the present embodiment has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa·s at 25° C. after five days from the preparation of the resin composition.
The content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B ) is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass, and the resin (A) is an unsaturated polyester resin (A2) When containing, with respect to a total of 100 parts by weight of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), preferably 20 to 80 parts by weight, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by weight, more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
In the case where the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening rate of the resin composition. When the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) easily reduces the viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared, and impregnates the fiber base material (F). becomes easier.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, the thickening rate of the resin composition can be easily controlled by the resin (A). When the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) easily reduces the viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared, and impregnates the fiber base material (F). becomes easier.
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、樹脂(A)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂(A)によって、樹脂組成物の増粘速度を適度に増大し易い。樹脂(A)が80質量部以下であれば、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)によって、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、樹脂(A)の含有量が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし易い。また、樹脂(A)の含有量が80質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。 When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the content of the resin (A) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass, and when the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. , preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 65 parts by mass.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, the resin (A) tends to moderately increase the thickening rate of the resin composition. When the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) easily reduces the viscosity one hour after the resin composition is prepared, and impregnates the fiber base material (F). becomes easier.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the content of the resin (A) is 20 parts by mass or more, it is easy to control the thickening speed of the resin composition. Moreover, if the content of the resin (A) is 80 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the resin composition after one hour from the preparation thereof can be easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) can be easily impregnated with the resin composition.
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)への浸透がより良好となる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が80質量部以下であれば、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が20質量部以上であると、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時における前記樹脂組成物の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が80質量部以下であると、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。 When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the saturated group-containing monomer (B). When the saturated polyester resin (A2) is included, it is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). , more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, Penetration into the fiber base material (F) becomes better. When the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the resin composition after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition The viscosity is easily reduced, and the fiber base material (F) is easily impregnated. When the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
樹脂(A)がビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が80質量部以下であれば、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。
樹脂(A)が不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が20質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度を低減させ易く、繊維基材(F)に含浸させ易くなる。エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が80質量部以下であれば、増粘性がより良好な樹脂組成物となる。 The content of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is, when the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), the total amount of the resin composition is 100 parts by mass. For, preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 60 parts by mass, and the resin (A) contains an unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the resin composition It is preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass, still more preferably 35 to 60 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the product.
When the resin (A) contains the vinyl ester resin (A1), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition can be easily reduced, It becomes easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F). When the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
When the resin (A) contains the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), if the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 20 parts by mass or more, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is easily reduced. , making it easier to impregnate the fiber base material (F). When the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) is 80 parts by mass or less, the resin composition has better thickening properties.
増粘剤(C)が0.1質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘性がより良好となる。増粘剤(C)が6質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなり、また、増粘速度を適度に制御し易くなる。 The content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0.5 parts per 100 parts by mass in total of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 1 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 1 to 4 parts by mass.
When the thickener (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition has better thickening properties. When the thickening agent (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easy to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easy to moderately control the thickening speed.
増粘剤(C)が0.1質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘性がより良好となる。増粘剤(C)が6質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなり、また、増粘速度を適度に制御し易くなる。 The content of the thickener (C) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0.1 to 6 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 4 parts by mass.
When the thickener (C) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the resin composition has better thickening properties. If the thickener (C) is 6 parts by mass or less, it becomes easier to suppress excessive thickening of the resin composition, and it becomes easier to moderately control the thickening speed.
光重合開始剤(D)の含有量が0.01質量部以上であれば、硬化性がより良好な樹脂組成物が得られる。光重合開始剤の含有量が10質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の硬化時に急激な硬化反応及び発熱が生じ難く、クラックが抑制され易くなり、また、強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0 with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
When the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are unlikely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are easily suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved. An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
光重合開始剤(D)の含有量が0.01質量部以上であれば、硬化性がより良好な樹脂組成物が得られる。光重合開始剤の含有量が10質量部以下であれば、樹脂組成物の硬化時に急激な硬化反応及び発熱が生じ難く、クラックが抑制され易くなり、また、強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) in the resin composition according to the second embodiment is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin composition. 05 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
When the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a resin composition with better curability can be obtained. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 10 parts by mass or less, a rapid curing reaction and heat generation are unlikely to occur during curing of the resin composition, cracks are easily suppressed, and strength, toughness, heat resistance, and resistance are improved. An excellent lining material can be easily obtained due to the balance of physical properties such as chemical properties.
化合物(E)が0.05質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなる。化合物(E)が3質量部以下であると強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 When the resin composition according to the second embodiment contains at least one compound (E) selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound, the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), relative to a total of 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.5 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 ~1 part by mass.
When the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easier to control the thickening rate of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening. When the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material having excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
化合物(E)が0.05質量部以上であれば、樹脂組成物の増粘速度をコントロールし過剰な増粘を抑制し易くなる。化合物(E)が3質量部以下であると強度、靭性、耐熱性、及び耐薬品性等の物性のバランスにより優れたライニング材が得られ易い。 When the resin composition according to the second embodiment contains at least one compound (E) selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound, the content of the compound (E) in the resin composition is It is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1.5 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the product.
When the compound (E) is 0.05 parts by mass or more, it becomes easier to control the thickening rate of the resin composition and suppress excessive thickening. When the compound (E) is 3 parts by mass or less, it is easy to obtain a lining material having excellent balance of physical properties such as strength, toughness, heat resistance and chemical resistance.
本実施形態の第3の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物は、樹脂組成物調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の25℃における粘度が400~3,500Pa・sである。
第3の実施形態に係る好ましい態様は、第2の実施形態と同様である。 [Third embodiment]
The resin composition according to the third embodiment of the present embodiment has a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa·s at 25° C. two days and five days after preparation of the resin composition.
Preferred aspects of the third embodiment are the same as those of the second embodiment.
本実施形態の樹脂組成物の製造方法は、特に限定されるものではないが、樹脂(A)と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)と、増粘剤(C)と、光重合開始剤(D)とを混合することにより樹脂組成物を製造することができる。また、樹脂(A)、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)、増粘剤(C)、光重合開始剤(D)以外に、化合物(E)、カルボン酸及び前記その他の成分等の任意成分を混合してもよい。 [Method for producing resin composition]
The method for producing the resin composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), the thickener (C), and the photopolymerization initiation A resin composition can be produced by mixing the agent (D). In addition to the resin (A), the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), the thickener (C), and the photopolymerization initiator (D), the compound (E), the carboxylic acid and other components described above may be optionally added. Ingredients may be mixed.
混合方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、ディスパー、プラネタリーミキサー、ニーダー等を用いて行うことができる。混合温度は、好ましくは10~50℃、より好ましくは15~40℃であり、混合容易性等の観点から、さらに好ましくは20~30℃である。 The mixing order is not particularly limited, but the thickener (C) is preferably added last from the viewpoint of facilitating viscosity control.
The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed using, for example, a disper, planetary mixer, kneader, or the like. The mixing temperature is preferably 10 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 40°C, and more preferably 20 to 30°C from the viewpoint of ease of mixing.
〔ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)の製造方法〕
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1)は、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)と不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
例えば、加熱撹拌可能な反応容器内で、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)に、必要に応じて、溶剤及び反応性希釈剤の少なくともいずれかと混合し、エステル化触媒存在下、好ましくは70~150℃、より好ましくは80~140℃、さらに好ましくは90~130℃で、1~8時間、混合しながら加熱することにより製造することができる。
本実施形態においては、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)と不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)とを、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が、80モル以上となるように反応させることが好ましく、より好ましくは90モル以上、さらに好ましくは99モル以上である。 <Method for producing resin (A)>
[Method for producing vinyl ester resin (A1-1)]
Vinyl ester resin (A1-1) can be produced by reacting epoxy compound (a1-1) with unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
For example, in a reaction vessel capable of being heated and stirred, the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are optionally mixed with at least one of a solvent and a reactive diluent, and the ester It can be produced by heating with mixing at a temperature of preferably 70 to 150° C., more preferably 80 to 140° C., still more preferably 90 to 130° C., in the presence of a curing catalyst for 1 to 8 hours.
In the present embodiment, the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are added to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), and the unsaturated monobasic acid The total amount of acid groups of (a1-2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more.
溶剤としては、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)に不活性な溶剤であれば、特に限定されない。例えば、メチルイソブチルケトン等の1気圧における沸点が70~150℃である公知の溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
反応性希釈剤としては、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)に不活性なエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が好ましい。 A solvent and a reactive diluent are used as necessary from the viewpoint of facilitating uniform mixing of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a known method.
The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). Examples thereof include known solvents having a boiling point of 70 to 150° C. at 1 atm, such as methyl isobutyl ketone. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
As the reactive diluent, an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) inert to the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferred.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)は、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P1)に、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)をさらに付加させることにより製造することができる。
例えば、加熱撹拌可能な反応容器内で、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)に、必要に応じて、溶剤及び反応性希釈剤の少なくともいずれかと混合し、エステル化触媒存在下、好ましくは70~150℃、より好ましくは80~140℃、さらに好ましくは90~130℃で、1~8時間、混合しながら加熱することにより樹脂前駆体(P1)を製造する。続いて、樹脂前駆体(P1)を合成した反応容器内に、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)を添加し、エステル化触媒の存在下、70~150℃、好ましくは80~140℃、さらに好ましくは90~130℃で、30分間~4時間反応させることにより、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2)が得られる。 [Method for producing vinyl ester resin (A1-2)]
The vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is a resin precursor (P1) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) and an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and a polybasic acid anhydride (a1- It can be produced by further adding 4).
For example, in a reaction vessel capable of being heated and stirred, the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are optionally mixed with at least one of a solvent and a reactive diluent, and the ester A resin precursor (P1) is produced by heating with mixing at preferably 70 to 150° C., more preferably 80 to 140° C., still more preferably 90 to 130° C. for 1 to 8 hours in the presence of a curing catalyst. . Subsequently, the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is added to the reaction vessel in which the resin precursor (P1) was synthesized, and the temperature is maintained at 70 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 140°C, in the presence of an esterification catalyst. More preferably, the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) is obtained by reacting at 90 to 130° C. for 30 minutes to 4 hours.
また、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)は、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)が、3~60モルとなるように反応させることが好ましく、より好ましくは5~50モル、さらに好ましくは7~45モルである。 In the present embodiment, the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) are added to the total amount of 100 mol of the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1), and the unsaturated monobasic acid The total amount of acid groups of (a1-2) is preferably 80 mol or more, more preferably 90 mol or more, still more preferably 99 mol or more.
Further, the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is 3 to 60 moles per 100 moles of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (a1-1). more preferably 5 to 50 mol, still more preferably 7 to 45 mol.
エステル化触媒の使用量は、反応を促進しつつ、樹脂前駆体(P1)の増粘を抑制する観点から、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~5質量部、より好ましくは0.05~4質量部、さらに好ましくは0.1~3質量部である。 Examples of the esterification catalyst used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-2) include those similar to the esterification catalysts used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-1).
The amount of the esterification catalyst used is 100 in total for the epoxy compound (a1-1) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) from the viewpoint of suppressing thickening of the resin precursor (P1) while promoting the reaction. It is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)、及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P2)に、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)をさらに付加させることにより製造することができる。
例えば、加熱撹拌可能な反応容器内で、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)、及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)に、必要に応じて、溶剤及び反応性希釈剤の少なくともいずれかを混合し、エステル化触媒存在下、好ましくは70~150℃、より好ましくは80~140℃、さらに好ましくは90~130℃で、1~8時間、混合しながら加熱することにより樹脂前駆体(P2)を製造する。続いて、樹脂前駆体(P2)を合成した反応容器内に、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)を添加し、エステル化触媒の存在下、70~150℃、好ましくは80~140℃、さらに好ましくは90~130℃で、30分間~4時間反応させることにより、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3)が得られる。 [Method for producing vinyl ester resin (A1-3)]
Vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3 ) can be produced by further adding polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) to the resin precursor (P2) which is the reaction product of ).
For example, in a reaction vessel capable of heating and stirring, epoxy compound (a1-1), unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3), if necessary, a solvent and At least one of the reactive diluents is mixed, and in the presence of an esterification catalyst, preferably at 70 to 150° C., more preferably 80 to 140° C., still more preferably 90 to 130° C., for 1 to 8 hours while mixing. A resin precursor (P2) is produced by heating. Subsequently, the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4) is added to the reaction vessel in which the resin precursor (P2) was synthesized, and the temperature is maintained at 70 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 140°C, in the presence of an esterification catalyst. More preferably, the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) is obtained by reacting at 90 to 130° C. for 30 minutes to 4 hours.
エステル化触媒の使用量は、反応を促進しつつ、樹脂前駆体(P2)の増粘を抑制する観点から、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~5質量部、より好ましくは0.05~4質量部、さらに好ましくは0.1~3質量部である。 Examples of the esterification catalyst used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) include those similar to the esterification catalysts used for producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-1). Further, the esterification catalyst used in producing the resin precursor (P2) and the esterification catalyst used in producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-3) from the resin precursor (P2) may be the same or different. good.
The amount of the esterification catalyst used is, from the viewpoint of suppressing the thickening of the resin precursor (P2) while promoting the reaction, the epoxy compound (a1-1), the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and the polybasic It is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass, relative to the total 100 parts by mass of the acid anhydride (a1-3). .
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)の製造方法は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)を反応させて、樹脂前駆体(P3)を得る工程と、樹脂前駆体(P3)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)を反応させて、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)を得る工程とを有する。 <Method for producing vinyl ester resin (A1-4)>
A method for producing a vinyl ester resin (A1-4) comprises reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3). and a step of reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain a vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
樹脂前駆体(P3)を得る工程は、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)の分子量分布を広げ、樹脂組成物の到達粘度をコントロールする観点から、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)と、ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)を、前記エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、前記ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の水酸基の総量が好ましくは10~70モル、より好ましくは20~60モル、さらに好ましくは25~50モルとなるように反応させることが好ましい。 The step of obtaining a resin precursor (P3) includes reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3). It is a process of obtaining
In the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3), from the viewpoint of widening the molecular weight distribution of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) and controlling the ultimate viscosity of the resin composition, an epoxy compound having two epoxy groups per molecule is used. (a1-1) and the bisphenol compound (a1-5) are preferably combined so that the total amount of hydroxyl groups of the bisphenol compound (a1-5) is It is preferable to carry out the reaction so as to obtain 10 to 70 mol, more preferably 20 to 60 mol, still more preferably 25 to 50 mol.
溶剤としては、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)に不活性な溶剤であれば、特に限定されない。例えば、メチルイソブチルケトン等の1気圧における沸点が70~150℃である公知の溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
反応性希釈剤としては、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)、及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)に不活性なエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)が好ましい。 A solvent and a reactive diluent are used as necessary from the viewpoint of facilitating uniform mixing of the epoxy compound (a1-1), the bisphenol compound (a1-5) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). . The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a known method.
The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol compound (a1-5) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2). Examples thereof include known solvents having a boiling point of 70 to 150° C. at 1 atm, such as methyl isobutyl ketone. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
Preferred reactive diluents include epoxy compounds (a1-1), bisphenol compounds (a1-5), and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomers (B) inert to unsaturated monobasic acids (a1-2). .
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)を得る工程は、増粘速度をコントロールする観点、硬化後の樹脂組成物の偏在を抑制する観点及び製造安定性の観点から、エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の酸基の総量が、好ましくは30~120モル、より好ましくは40~100モル、さらに好ましくは50~80モルとなるように反応させることが好ましい。 The step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) is a step of reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain the vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
In the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), from the viewpoint of controlling the thickening rate, suppressing uneven distribution of the resin composition after curing, and from the viewpoint of production stability, the epoxy of the epoxy compound (a1-1) The total amount of acid groups of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is preferably 30 to 120 mol, more preferably 40 to 100 mol, and still more preferably 50 to 80 mol with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of groups. It is preferable to react as follows.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)を得る工程においても、樹脂前駆体(P3)を得る工程と同様に、必要に応じて、溶剤及び反応性希釈剤、重合禁止剤の少なくともいずれかを添加してもよい。混合方法も、樹脂前駆体(P3)を得る工程と同様に、公知の方法で行うことができる。また、好ましい態様も同様である。
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)を低粘度化する目的でビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)に反応性希釈剤を加える場合には、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)の合成後に反応性希釈剤を加えて混合することが好ましく、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)の合成を容易にする目的で反応性希釈剤を加える場合には、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)の合成時に反応性希釈剤を添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4)の合成後にさらに反応性希釈剤とその他成分を加えて混合することが好ましい。 Examples of the esterification catalyst used in the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) include those similar to those used in the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). Further, the esterification catalyst used in producing the resin precursor (P3) and the esterification catalyst used in producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) from the resin precursor (P3) may be the same or different. good.
In the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), as in the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3), if necessary, at least one of a solvent, a reactive diluent, and a polymerization inhibitor is added. good too. The mixing method can also be performed by a known method similarly to the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). The same applies to preferred embodiments.
When adding a reactive diluent to the vinyl ester resin (A1-4) for the purpose of lowering the viscosity of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), the reactive diluent is added after synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4). It is preferable to mix in addition, and when a reactive diluent is added for the purpose of facilitating the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4), the reactive diluent is added during the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4). It is preferable to add and mix the reactive diluent and other components after the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-4).
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)の製造方法は、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)とを反応させて、樹脂前駆体(P3)を得る工程と、樹脂前駆体(P3)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)を反応させて、樹脂前駆体(P4)を得る工程と、樹脂前駆体(P4)及び不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)を反応させて、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)を得る工程を有する。 <Method for producing vinyl ester resin (A1-5)>
A method for producing a vinyl ester resin (A1-5) includes reacting an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5) to obtain a resin precursor (P3 ), reacting the resin precursor (P3) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) to obtain the resin precursor (P4), the resin precursor (P4) and the unsaturated polybasic It has a step of reacting the acid (a1-6) to obtain a vinyl ester resin (A1-5).
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)を得る工程においても、樹脂前駆体(P3)及び(P4)を得る工程と同様に、必要に応じて、溶剤及び反応性希釈剤、重合禁止剤の少なくともいずれかを添加してもよい。混合方法も、樹脂前駆体(P3)を得る工程と同様に、公知の方法で行うことができる。また、好ましい態様も同様である。
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)を低粘度化する目的でビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)に反応性希釈剤を加える場合には、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)の合成後に反応性希釈剤を加えて混合することが好ましく、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)の合成を容易にする目的で反応性希釈剤を加える場合には、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)の合成時に反応性希釈剤を添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5)の合成後にさらに反応性希釈剤とその他成分を加えて混合することが好ましい。 Examples of the esterification catalyst used in the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) include those similar to those used in the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). Further, the esterification catalyst used in producing the resin precursor (P4) and the esterification catalyst used in producing the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) from the resin precursor (P4) may be the same or different. good.
In the step of obtaining the vinyl ester resin (A1-5), similarly to the step of obtaining the resin precursors (P3) and (P4), if necessary, at least one of a solvent, a reactive diluent, and a polymerization inhibitor. may be added. The mixing method can also be performed by a known method similarly to the step of obtaining the resin precursor (P3). The same applies to preferred embodiments.
When adding a reactive diluent to the vinyl ester resin (A1-5) for the purpose of lowering the viscosity of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5), the reactive diluent is added after synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5). It is preferable to mix in addition, and when a reactive diluent is added for the purpose of facilitating the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5), the reactive diluent is added during the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5). It is preferable to add and mix the reactive diluent and other components after the synthesis of the vinyl ester resin (A1-5).
不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)は、ジオール(a2-1)と、エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)と、エチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)とを脱水縮合重合させることにより製造することができる。
例えば、加熱攪拌可能な反応容器内において、ジオール(a2-1)、エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)及びエチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)を、150~250℃、好ましくは170~240℃、さらに好ましくは180~230℃で、8~15時間反応させることにより製造することができる。
本実施形態においては、樹脂組成物の硬化物の機械的強度の観点から、ジオール(a2-1)とエチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)のモル比(ジオール(a2-1):エチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2))が、50:50~85:15となるよう反応させることが好ましく、より好ましくは55:45~80:20、さらに好ましくは60:40~75:25である。 [Method for producing unsaturated polyester resin (A2)]
The unsaturated polyester resin (A2) includes a diol (a2-1), an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1), and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2- 2) can be produced by dehydration condensation polymerization.
For example, in a reaction vessel capable of being heated and stirred, a diol (a2-1), an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2- 2) at 150 to 250° C., preferably 170 to 240° C., more preferably 180 to 230° C., for 8 to 15 hours.
In the present embodiment, from the viewpoint of the mechanical strength of the cured product of the resin composition, the molar ratio of the diol (a2-1) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2) (diol ( a2-1): Ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2)) is preferably reacted at 50:50 to 85:15, more preferably 55:45 to 80: 20, more preferably 60:40 to 75:25.
本実施形態におけるライニング材用材料は、上述した樹脂組成物が含浸した繊維基材(F)(以後、樹脂含浸基材とも言う。)を含む。
ライニング材用材料としては、樹脂組成物を繊維基材(F)に含浸させ、一定期間保管(養生)して増粘させたものが好ましい。このようなライニング材用材料を用いると、形態保持性に優れるライニング材が得られる。 [Material for lining material]
The material for lining material in the present embodiment includes a fiber base material (F) impregnated with the resin composition described above (hereinafter also referred to as a resin-impregnated base material).
As the material for the lining material, it is preferable to impregnate the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition and store (cured) it for a certain period of time to thicken it. By using such a lining material, a lining material having excellent shape retention can be obtained.
例えば、繊維基材(F)としてガラス繊維を用いたライニング材用材料においては、一般的に、当該ライニング材用材料の硬化物(FRP)の曲げ強度は、好ましくは100~1000MPa、より好ましくは120~900MPa、さらに好ましくは150~800MPaである。また、FRPの曲げ弾性率としては、好ましくは5~40GPa、より好ましくは7~35GPa、さらに好ましくは8~30GPaである。
なお、前記曲げ強度及び曲げ弾性率の値は、JIS K7171:2016に準拠した測定値である。 When a pipe is to be rehabilitated, the pipe is repaired by irradiating with ultraviolet rays, visible light, or the like to cure the resin composition in the lining material. Therefore, the cured product of the lining material obtained by curing the resin composition is required to have mechanical strength to the extent that the pipe can be repaired.
For example, in the lining material using glass fiber as the fiber base material (F), generally, the bending strength of the cured product (FRP) of the lining material is preferably 100 to 1000 MPa, more preferably 120 to 900 MPa, more preferably 150 to 800 MPa. Further, the bending elastic modulus of FRP is preferably 5 to 40 GPa, more preferably 7 to 35 GPa, still more preferably 8 to 30 GPa.
The bending strength and bending elastic modulus values are measured values according to JIS K7171:2016.
繊維基材(F)の繊維材料としては、機械的強度等の観点から、例えば、アミド、ナイロン、アラミド、ビニロン、ポリエステル及びフェノール樹脂等の合成繊維、炭素繊維、ガラス繊維、金属繊維、セラミックス繊維等の、いわゆる強化繊維、また、これらの複合繊維が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独であっても、2種以上が併用されてもよい。これらの中でも、アラミド繊維、炭素繊維及びガラス繊維が好ましく、強度や硬度、入手容易性、価格等の観点から、ガラス繊維がより好ましい。特に、繊維基材(F)に含浸させた樹脂組成物を光硬化させる観点から、光透過性を有するガラス繊維やポリエステル繊維が好ましい。
例えば、ガラス繊維の場合、一般的に使用されるフィラメント径は、好ましくは1~15μm、より好ましくは3~10μmである。 <Fibrous base material (F)>
As the fiber material of the fiber base material (F), from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, for example, synthetic fibers such as amide, nylon, aramid, vinylon, polyester and phenolic resin, carbon fiber, glass fiber, metal fiber, ceramic fiber and so-called reinforcing fibers, and composite fibers thereof. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, aramid fiber, carbon fiber, and glass fiber are preferred, and glass fiber is more preferred from the viewpoints of strength, hardness, availability, price, and the like. In particular, from the viewpoint of photocuring the resin composition with which the fiber base material (F) is impregnated, light-transmitting glass fibers and polyester fibers are preferable.
For example, in the case of glass fibers, the commonly used filament diameter is preferably 1-15 μm, more preferably 3-10 μm.
シートの厚さは、樹脂組成物の含浸性の観点から、例えば、単層の場合、好ましくは0.01~5mm、また、複数層積層されている場合は、合計の厚さが、好ましくは1~20mm、より好ましくは1~15mmである。 Examples of the form of the fiber base material (F) include sheet, chopped strand, chop, milled fiber and the like. As the sheet, for example, a sheet formed by arranging a plurality of reinforcing fibers in one direction, bidirectional fabrics such as plain weaves and twill weaves, multiaxial fabrics, non-crimp fabrics, nonwoven fabrics, mats, knits, braids, reinforcing fibers, etc. and the like. The fiber base material (F) may be used singly or in combination of two or more types, and may be a single layer or a laminate of multiple layers.
From the viewpoint of the impregnating property of the resin composition, the thickness of the sheet is preferably 0.01 to 5 mm in the case of a single layer, and preferably the total thickness in the case of a multilayer lamination. 1 to 20 mm, more preferably 1 to 15 mm.
ライニング材とは、既設管等の管の補修のために用いられるものである。管の補修は、管内面の内周に沿ってライニング材を配置し、ライニング材を管内面に圧着させた後、紫外線または可視光線等の光を照射することにより、ライニング材に含まれる樹脂組成物を硬化させることによって行われる。なお、本明細書においては、上記管内面の内周に沿ってライニング材を配置し、ライニング材を管内面に圧着させた後、紫外線または可視光線等を照射することにより、ライニング材に含まれる樹脂組成物を硬化させることを、管更生を施工するとも言う。 <Lining material>
The lining material is used for repairing pipes such as existing pipes. Pipe repair is performed by arranging the lining material along the inner circumference of the inner surface of the pipe, crimping the lining material to the inner surface of the pipe, and then irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays or visible light to remove the resin composition contained in the lining material. It is done by curing the material. In this specification, the lining material is arranged along the inner circumference of the inner surface of the pipe, and after the lining material is crimped to the inner surface of the pipe, the lining material is irradiated with ultraviolet rays or visible light. Curing the resin composition is also referred to as performing pipe rehabilitation.
ライニング材は、管更生の施工の容易性の観点から、内面の最内層にインナーフィルム、外面の最外層にアウターフィルム、インナーフィルムとアウターフィルムの間にライニング材用材料を含む複合材料層を有するか、または、内面の最内層にアウターフィルム、外面の最外層にインナーフィルム、インナーフィルムとアウターフィルムの間にライニング材用材料を含む複合材料層を有することが好ましい。また、内面の最内層にアウターフィルム、外面の最外層にインナーフィルム、インナーフィルムとアウターフィルムの間にライニング材用材料を含む複合材料層を有するライニング材は、ライニング材を反転させながら管内面に引き込む反転工法に用いることが好ましい。
ライニング材は必要に応じてその他の層を有していてもよい。また、各層は単層でもよく、複数層が積層されていてもよい。 The lining material has a cylindrical shape and includes a lining material in which a fiber base material (F) is impregnated with a resin composition.
The lining material has an inner film as the innermost layer on the inner surface, an outer film as the outermost layer on the outer surface, and a composite material layer containing a lining material between the inner film and the outer film from the viewpoint of ease of pipe rehabilitation work. Alternatively, it is preferable to have an outer film as the innermost layer on the inner surface, an inner film as the outermost layer on the outer surface, and a composite material layer containing a lining material between the inner film and the outer film. In addition, the lining material having an outer film as the innermost layer on the inner surface, an inner film as the outermost layer on the outer surface, and a composite material layer containing the material for the lining material between the inner film and the outer film is applied to the inner surface of the pipe while the lining material is turned over. It is preferable to use it for the inversion construction method to pull in.
The lining material may have other layers as desired. Moreover, each layer may be a single layer, or a plurality of layers may be laminated.
ライニング材の内径は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは100~1500mm、より好ましくは130~1200mm、さらに好ましくは150~1000mmである。
ライニング材の内径が100mm以上であると光硬化の施工が容易であり、ライニング材の内径が1500mm以下であると管更生の施工時の作業性が良好である。 It is preferable that the lining material has a cylindrical shape having approximately the same diameter as the diameter of the inner surface of the pipe. This improves the strength of the pipe after repair.
The inner diameter of the lining material is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 1500 mm, more preferably 130 to 1200 mm, still more preferably 150 to 1000 mm.
When the inner diameter of the lining material is 100 mm or more, light curing is easy.
インナーフィルムとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム等の樹脂フィルムを用いることができる。インナーフィルムは、管更生の施工時に、光照射装置から照射される光に対して透過性を有する必要がある。これにより、効率的にライニング材を硬化させることができ、管更生を適切に行うことができる。なお、インナーフィルムはライニング材を硬化させた後に剥離してもよい。 [inner film]
As the inner film, for example, a resin film such as polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polyethylene terephthalate film can be used. The inner film needs to be transparent to the light emitted from the light irradiation device during pipe rehabilitation. As a result, the lining material can be cured efficiently, and the pipe can be properly rehabilitated. The inner film may be peeled off after curing the lining material.
アウターフィルムとしては、インナーフィルムと同様に樹脂フィルムを用いることができる。アウターフィルムは、遮光性を有することが好ましい。これにより、管更生の施工前に、外部からの光によりライニング材の硬化が進むことを抑制できる。
また、管更生の施工時には、照射された光がライニング材を透過することを抑制でき、ライニング材を効率よく光硬化させることができる。遮光性を有するアウターフィルムとしては、例えば、2枚の透明ポリエチレンフィルムの間に黄色等の着色皮膜層を有する積層フィルムを用いることができる。 [Outer film]
As the outer film, a resin film can be used like the inner film. The outer film preferably has light shielding properties. As a result, it is possible to suppress the hardening of the lining material due to light from the outside before the construction of pipe rehabilitation.
In addition, at the time of construction of pipe rehabilitation, it is possible to suppress the transmission of irradiated light through the lining material, so that the lining material can be efficiently photo-cured. As the light-shielding outer film, for example, a laminated film having a yellow or other colored film layer between two transparent polyethylene films can be used.
ライニング材の製造方法は、従来公知の製法を使用することができる。
上述の第1の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物を用いてライニング材用材料を製造した後、ライニング材を製造する場合は、下記工程1及び2を含むことが好ましい。
また、上述の第1の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物を用いてライニング材用材料を製造した後、ライニング材を製造する場合は、下記工程1~3を含むことが好ましい。 [Manufacturing method of lining material]
A conventionally known manufacturing method can be used for the manufacturing method of the lining material.
When manufacturing a lining material after manufacturing a lining material using the resin composition according to the above-described first embodiment, the following steps 1 and 2 are preferably included.
Further, when manufacturing a lining material after manufacturing a lining material using the resin composition according to the first embodiment, it is preferable to include the following steps 1 to 3.
工程1は、樹脂組成物を繊維基材(F)に含浸して、樹脂組成物含浸基材を得る工程である。工程1においては、インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムが繊維基材(F)上に積層されていない繊維基材(F)に樹脂組成物を含浸させてもよく、インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムが表面に積層された繊維基材(F)を用いてもよい。
なお、インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムが表面に積層された繊維基材(F)を用いた場合、樹脂組成物は、インナーフィルム又はアウターフィルムの少なくともいずれかを介して繊維基材(F)に含浸される。 (Step 1)
Step 1 is a step of impregnating a fiber base material (F) with a resin composition to obtain a resin composition-impregnated base material. In step 1, the fiber base material (F) in which the inner film and the outer film are not laminated on the fiber base material (F) may be impregnated with the resin composition, and the inner film and the outer film are laminated on the surface. A fiber base material (F) may be used.
When the fiber base material (F) having the inner film and the outer film laminated on the surface is used, the resin composition is impregnated into the fiber base material (F) through at least one of the inner film and the outer film. be.
上述の第1の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物を用いる場合、繊維基材(F)は、円筒形状であることが好ましく、上述の第2の実施形態及び第3の実施形態に係る樹脂組成物を用いる場合、繊維基材(F)は、シート状又はテープ状であることが好ましい。 The fiber base material (F) used in step 1 may be cylindrical, sheet-like, or tape-like.
When using the resin composition according to the first embodiment described above, the fiber base material (F) preferably has a cylindrical shape, and the resin composition according to the second embodiment and the third embodiment described above When using, the fiber base material (F) is preferably sheet-like or tape-like.
樹脂組成物調製後、すなわち樹脂組成物製造後から樹脂組成物の含浸が完了するまでの時間は、好ましくは1~30時間、より好ましくは2~24時間、さらに好ましくは5~10時間である。 The time for impregnating the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition is preferably 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 10 hours, from the viewpoint of reducing poor impregnation and uniformly impregnating the resin composition. More preferably, it is 1.5 to 5 hours.
After the resin composition is prepared, that is, after the resin composition is produced, the time until the impregnation of the resin composition is completed is preferably 1 to 30 hours, more preferably 2 to 24 hours, and still more preferably 5 to 10 hours. .
工程2は、インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムを繊維基材(F)上に積層する工程である。
インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムの積層方法については特に制限されないが、例えば、液状のフィルム組成物を繊維基材(F)に塗布、硬化させて積層する方法、フィルムを接着層を介して繊維基材(F)又は樹脂組成物含浸基材に積層する方法、フィルムを直接繊維基材(F)又は樹脂組成物含浸基材にラミネートする方法等が挙げられる。インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムは、それぞれ別の方法を用いて積層してもよく、同じ方法を用いて積層してもよい。
インナーフィルム及びアウターフィルムは、それぞれ独立に、樹脂組成物を繊維基材(F)に含浸する前に積層してもよく、含浸した後に積層してもよい。また、後述の工程3の前に行ってもよく、後に行ってもよい。 (Step 2)
Step 2 is a step of laminating the inner film and the outer film on the fiber base material (F).
The method for laminating the inner film and the outer film is not particularly limited. F) or a method of laminating on a resin composition-impregnated base material, a method of directly laminating a film on a fiber base material (F) or a resin composition-impregnated base material, and the like. The inner film and the outer film may be laminated using different methods, or may be laminated using the same method.
The inner film and the outer film may be independently laminated before or after impregnation of the fiber base material (F) with the resin composition. Moreover, it may be performed before or after step 3, which will be described later.
工程3は、円筒形状に加工する工程である。なお、既に円筒形状である繊維基材(F)を用いた場合は、工程3を実施する必要はなく、シート状又はテープ状の繊維基材(F)を用いた場合に実施する。
工程3においては、樹脂組成物含浸基材を、管内面の直径と略同一の直径を有するマンドレルに巻き付け、樹脂含浸基材に含まれる樹脂組成物でつなぎとめることによって、円筒形状に加工する。
具体的には、樹脂組成物含浸基材がシート状である場合は、マンドレルに巻き付けた後長手方向の二辺を1~10cm程度重ね合わせて、樹脂組成物含浸基材に含まれる樹脂組成物でつなぎとめる。また、樹脂組成物含浸基材がテープ状である場合は、1~10cm程度重ね合わせながら樹脂組成物含浸基材をらせん状に巻き付け、重なり部分を樹脂組成物含浸基材に含まれる樹脂組成物でつなぎとめる。 (Step 3)
Step 3 is a step of processing into a cylindrical shape. In addition, when the fiber base material (F) which is already cylindrical is used, it is not necessary to carry out step 3, and it is carried out when the sheet-like or tape-like fiber base material (F) is used.
In step 3, the resin composition-impregnated base material is wound around a mandrel having a diameter approximately the same as the diameter of the inner surface of the tube, and is held together by the resin composition contained in the resin-impregnated base material, thereby forming a cylindrical shape.
Specifically, when the resin composition-impregnated base material is in the form of a sheet, the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material is obtained by overlapping two sides in the longitudinal direction of about 1 to 10 cm after winding it around a mandrel. Tie with. Further, when the resin composition-impregnated base material is tape-shaped, the resin composition-impregnated base material is spirally wound while being overlapped by about 1 to 10 cm, and the overlapping portion is the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material. Tie with.
また、生産性の観点から、円筒形状に加工した後に、アウターフィルムを積層することが好ましい。 In step 3, if the resin composition-impregnated base material is wound with the inner film already arranged on the mandrel, there is no need to laminate the inner film on the fiber base material (F) or the resin composition-impregnated base material, and the resin composition This is preferable because it also facilitates removal of the mandrel after winding the material-impregnated substrate.
Moreover, from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferable to laminate the outer film after processing into a cylindrical shape.
樹脂組成物含浸基材に含まれる樹脂組成物の粘度が、30Pa・s以上であれば、樹脂組成物が適度な粘着性を有し、樹脂組成物が樹脂組成物含浸基材中で偏在することなく、均一に含まれた状態を維持できる。また、樹脂組成物の粘度が1,500Pa・s以下であれば、円筒形状に加工し易い。 In step 3, the overlapping portions of the resin composition-impregnated base material are held together with the resin composition. Therefore, the viscosity of the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material at this time is preferably a viscosity with moderate stickiness, preferably 30 to 1,500 Pa s, more preferably 40 to 1 ,000 Pa·s, more preferably 50 to 500 Pa·s.
If the viscosity of the resin composition contained in the resin composition-impregnated base material is 30 Pa s or more, the resin composition has appropriate adhesiveness and the resin composition is unevenly distributed in the resin composition-impregnated base material. can maintain a uniformly contained state. Also, if the viscosity of the resin composition is 1,500 Pa·s or less, it is easy to process into a cylindrical shape.
養生工程は、樹脂組成物が各工程に適した粘度に達するまで適宜増粘させるための工程である。樹脂組成物を繊維基材(F)に含浸した後や、管更生の施工の前に設けることが好ましい。
養生工程における養生温度は、好ましくは10~40℃、より好ましくは15~30℃、さらに好ましくは20~30℃である。養生温度は、樹脂組成物の目標粘度、養生時間等に応じて、適宜調整することができる。 The method of manufacturing the lining material may have a curing step in addition to the above steps 1 to 3.
The curing step is a step for appropriately increasing the viscosity of the resin composition until it reaches a viscosity suitable for each step. It is preferably provided after the fiber base material (F) is impregnated with the resin composition or before pipe rehabilitation is performed.
The curing temperature in the curing step is preferably 10 to 40°C, more preferably 15 to 30°C, still more preferably 20 to 30°C. The curing temperature can be appropriately adjusted according to the target viscosity of the resin composition, the curing time, and the like.
工程1直後の養生時間は、好ましくは12時間~3日間、より好ましくは1日間~2.5日間、さらに好ましくは1.5~2日間である。養生時間が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物が適度な粘着性を発現して樹脂組成物含浸基材の重なり部分を十分な強さでつなぎ留めることができる。
工程3の後から管更生の施工までの間の養生時間は、好ましくは6時間~3.5日間、より好ましくは12時間~3日間、さらに好ましくは1~2日間である。 When a lining material is produced using the resin compositions according to the second and third embodiments, it is preferable to provide a curing step immediately after step 1, and pipe rehabilitation is performed after step 3. It is preferable to provide a curing step in between.
The curing time immediately after step 1 is preferably 12 hours to 3 days, more preferably 1 day to 2.5 days, still more preferably 1.5 to 2 days. When the curing time is within the above range, the resin composition exhibits appropriate adhesiveness, and the overlapping portions of the resin composition-impregnated base material can be held together with sufficient strength.
The curing time between step 3 and execution of pipe rehabilitation is preferably 6 hours to 3.5 days, more preferably 12 hours to 3 days, still more preferably 1 to 2 days.
本実施形態に係る樹脂組成物を用いて得られるライニング材は、管更生用途として好適に用いることができる。
管更生は、例えば、ライニング材を管内面の内周に沿って配置し、ライニング材を管内面に圧着させた後、紫外線又は可視光線等を照射し、ライニング材を光硬化させることによって行われる。
ライニング材は、一般的に、運送を容易にするため折り畳まれた状態で、管更生を施工する場所まで運ばれ、管更生の施工時には、折り畳まれたライニング材を既設管内に引き込み、拡張させる。この際、ライニング材中の樹脂組成物が漏出して垂れたり、ライニング材中で偏在したりせず、かつライニング材に適度な柔軟性があることが好ましい。そのような観点から、管更生の施工時における、ライニング材中の樹脂組成物の温度25℃における粘度は、好ましくは400~3,500Pa・s、より好ましくは450~2,500Pa・s、さらに好ましくは500~2,000Pa・sである。すなわち、樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度と同じであることが好ましい。 <Pipe rehabilitation>
A lining material obtained using the resin composition according to the present embodiment can be suitably used for pipe rehabilitation.
Pipe rehabilitation is performed, for example, by arranging a lining material along the inner periphery of the inner surface of the pipe, crimping the lining material to the inner surface of the pipe, and then irradiating the lining material with ultraviolet light or visible light to photo-cure the lining material. .
In general, the lining material is folded in a folded state for easy transportation and transported to the place where pipe rehabilitation is to be carried out. At this time, it is preferable that the resin composition in the lining material does not leak out and hang down or is unevenly distributed in the lining material, and that the lining material has appropriate flexibility. From such a point of view, the viscosity of the resin composition in the lining material at a temperature of 25 ° C. during pipe rehabilitation is preferably 400 to 3,500 Pa s, more preferably 450 to 2,500 Pa s, and further It is preferably 500 to 2,000 Pa·s. That is, it is preferably the same as the viscosity at 25° C. at least either 2 days or 5 days after preparation of the resin composition.
ライニング材の拡径作業は、ライニング材の内腔に空気を吹き込むことによって行われるため、ライニング材の両端部には、ライニング材を密閉するためのエンドパッカーを有する。一方の端部のエンドパッカー側から空気が吹き込まれることにより、ライニング材内腔の圧力が上昇し、ライニング材が既設管の内周面に密着するように拡径される。 For the work of introducing the lining material into the existing pipe, it is possible to pull the lining material as it is from a manhole or the like.
Since the diameter-expanding operation of the lining material is performed by blowing air into the inner cavity of the lining material, end packers are provided at both ends of the lining material for sealing the lining material. By blowing air from the end packer side of one end, the pressure in the inner cavity of the lining material increases, and the diameter of the lining material expands so as to adhere to the inner peripheral surface of the existing pipe.
管更生の施工時の作業効率性の観点から、350~450nmの波長域にピーク波長を有する紫外線及び可視光照射装置の少なくともいずれかが好ましく、樹脂組成物を効率的に硬化する観点から、ガリウムランプ、及びLEDがより好ましく、ガリウムランプがさらに好ましい。 As the light irradiation device, a light source that emits light in the ultraviolet to visible region (usually, wavelengths of 200 to 800 nm) can be used. Examples of light sources include metal halide lamps such as gallium lamps, mercury lamps, chemical lamps, xenon lamps, halogen lamps, mercury halogen lamps, carbon arc lamps, incandescent lamps, laser beams, and LEDs.
From the viewpoint of work efficiency at the time of construction of pipe rehabilitation, at least one of ultraviolet rays and visible light irradiation devices having a peak wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 450 nm is preferable, and from the viewpoint of efficiently curing the resin composition, gallium Lamps and LEDs are more preferred, and gallium lamps are even more preferred.
まず、樹脂組成物の調製のための樹脂を、下記合成例及び比較合成例により合成した。
下記合成例及び比較合成例において樹脂(A)の合成に用いたエポキシ化合物の詳細を以下に示す。
・エポキシ化合物(1):ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;「エポミック(登録商標)R140P」、三井化学株式会社製、エポキシ当量188
・エポキシ化合物(2):ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;「jER(登録商標)834」、三菱ケミカル株式会社製、エポキシ当量245
・エポキシ化合物(3):フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂;「EPICLON(登録商標)N-740」、DIC株式会社製、エポキシ当量172
なお、エポキシ当量は、JIS K7236:2001に準拠して測定した値である。 [Synthesis of resin (A)]
First, resins for preparing resin compositions were synthesized according to the following Synthesis Examples and Comparative Synthesis Examples.
The details of the epoxy compounds used for synthesizing the resin (A) in the Synthesis Examples and Comparative Synthesis Examples are shown below.
Epoxy compound (1): bisphenol A type epoxy resin; "Epomic (registered trademark) R140P" manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., epoxy equivalent 188
- Epoxy compound (2): bisphenol A type epoxy resin; "jER (registered trademark) 834", manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 245
Epoxy compound (3): phenolic novolak type epoxy resin; "EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740" manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent 172
In addition, an epoxy equivalent is the value measured based on JISK7236:2001.
〔合成例1〕
撹拌機、還流冷却管、気体導入管及び温度計を備えた5L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、エポキシ化合物(1)2068g、重合禁止剤としてメチルハイドロキノン1.2g(エポキシ化合物(1)、及び後述のメタクリル酸の合計100質量部に対して0.04質量部)、及びエステル化触媒として2,4,6-トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール(「セイクオールTDMP」、精工化学株式会社製、純度95質量%超)9.0g(エポキシ化合物、及びメタクリル酸の合計100質量部に対して0.3質量部)を入れて、110℃まで加熱した。そして、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)としてメタクリル酸946g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対してメタクリル酸の酸基が100モル)を約30分間かけて滴下した後、120℃に加熱し、約3時間反応させて、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1a)を製造した。
表3に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 <Synthesis of vinyl ester resin (A1)>
[Synthesis Example 1]
2068 g of epoxy compound (1), 1.2 g of methylhydroquinone as a polymerization inhibitor (epoxy compound (1), and 0.04 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of methacrylic acid), and 2,4,6-tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol ("Seikuol TDMP", manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd., purity 95 mass as an esterification catalyst. %) (0.3 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound and methacrylic acid) was added and heated to 110°C. Then, 946 g of methacrylic acid (acid group of methacrylic acid is 100 mol per 100 mol of total epoxy group of epoxy compound (1)) as unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is added dropwise over about 30 minutes. , 120° C. and allowed to react for about 3 hours to produce a vinyl ester resin (A1-1a).
Table 3 shows the blending amount of each component.
攪拌機、還流冷却管、気体導入管及び温度計を備えた5L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、エポキシ化合物(1)1260g、重合禁止剤としてメチルハイドロキノン0.74g(エポキシ化合物(1)及び後述のメタクリル酸の合計100質量部に対して0.04質量部)、触媒としてテトラデシルジメチルベンジル-アンモニウムクロライド(「ニッサンカチオン(登録商標)M2-100R」(日油株式会社製)、純度90質量%超)5.6g(エポキシ化合物(1)及び後述のメタクリル酸の合計100質量部に対して0.3質量部)を添加して110℃まで加熱し、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)としてメタクリル酸577g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して酸基が100モル)を約30分かけて滴下した後、約4時間反応させて、樹脂前駆体(P1-1)を合成した。次いで、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)として無水マレイン酸132g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、無水マレイン酸が20モル)を添加し、約2時間反応させてビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2a)を得た。
表3に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Example 2]
1260 g of epoxy compound (1) and 0.74 g of methylhydroquinone as a polymerization inhibitor (epoxy compound (1) and methacrylic acid described later) were placed in a 5 L four-necked separable flask equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a gas inlet tube and a thermometer. 0.04 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass), as a catalyst tetradecyldimethylbenzyl-ammonium chloride (“Nissan Cation (registered trademark) M 2 -100R” (manufactured by NOF Corporation), purity greater than 90% by mass ) 5.6 g (0.3 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound (1) and methacrylic acid described later) is added and heated to 110 ° C., as an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) After 577 g of methacrylic acid (100 mol of acid groups per total of 100 mol of epoxy groups in epoxy compound (1)) was added dropwise over about 30 minutes, the mixture was allowed to react for about 4 hours to form a resin precursor (P1-1). was synthesized. Then, 132 g of maleic anhydride (20 mol of maleic anhydride with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1)) is added as a polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4), and the reaction is continued for about 2 hours. A vinyl ester resin (A1-2a) was obtained by reaction.
Table 3 shows the blending amount of each component.
合成例2において、表3に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして合成を行い、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-2b)~(A1-2d)を得た。
表3に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Examples 3 to 5]
Vinyl ester resins (A1-2b) to (A1-2d) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2, except that the raw materials and compounding ratios shown in Table 3 were used.
Table 3 shows the blending amount of each component.
攪拌機、還流冷却管、気体導入管及び温度計を備えた5L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、エポキシ化合物(1)1260g、重合禁止剤としてメチルハイドロキノン0.74g(エポキシ化合物(1)、後述のメタクリル酸、及び後述の多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)として用いる無水マレイン酸の合計100質量部に対して0.04質量部)、触媒としてテトラデシルジメチルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド(「ニッサンカチオン(登録商標)M2-100R」(日油株式会社製)、純度90質量%超)5.6g(エポキシ化合物(1)、後述のメタクリル酸、及び後述の多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)として用いる無水マレイン酸(a1-3)の合計100質量部に対して0.3質量部)を添加して110℃まで加熱し、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)としてメタクリル酸519g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して酸基が90モル)、及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)として無水マレイン酸66g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、無水マレイン酸由来の酸基の総量が10モル)を約30分かけて滴下した後、約4時間反応させて、樹脂前駆体(P1-1)を合成した。次いで、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)として無水マレイン酸263g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、無水マレイン酸が40モル)を添加し、約2時間反応させてビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3a)を得た。
表3に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Example 6]
In a 5 L four-necked separable flask equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a gas inlet tube and a thermometer, 1260 g of epoxy compound (1) and 0.74 g of methyl hydroquinone as a polymerization inhibitor (epoxy compound (1), methacrylic acid , and 0.04 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of maleic anhydride used as the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) described later), and tetradecyldimethylbenzylammonium chloride as a catalyst (“Nissan Cation (registered trademark) M 2 -100R” (manufactured by NOF Corporation), purity greater than 90% by mass) 5.6 g (epoxy compound (1), methacrylic acid described later, and anhydride used as polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) described later 0.3 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of maleic acid (a1-3)) is added and heated to 110 ° C., and 519 g of methacrylic acid (epoxy compound (1 ) and 66 g of maleic anhydride as the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) (per 100 mol of the total epoxy group of the epoxy compound (1) , the total amount of maleic anhydride-derived acid groups is 10 mol) was added dropwise over about 30 minutes, followed by reaction for about 4 hours to synthesize a resin precursor (P1-1). Then, 263 g of maleic anhydride (40 mol of maleic anhydride with respect to 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (a1-1)) is added as a polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4), and the reaction is continued for about 2 hours. A vinyl ester resin (A1-3a) was obtained by reaction.
Table 3 shows the blending amount of each component.
合成例6において、表3に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして合成を行い、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3b)~(A1-3d)を得た。
表3に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Examples 7 to 9]
Vinyl ester resins (A1-3b) to (A1-3d) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 6, except that the raw materials and compounding ratios shown in Table 3 were used.
Table 3 shows the blending amount of each component.
合成例6において、表4に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして合成を行った。その結果、樹脂前駆体がゲル化し、続く合成操作を進めることができず、樹脂を得られなかった。
表4に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Comparative Synthesis Examples 1 to 4]
Synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 6, except that the raw materials and blending ratios shown in Table 4 were used. As a result, the resin precursor gelled, making it impossible to proceed with subsequent synthetic operations, and no resin was obtained.
Table 4 shows the blending amount of each component.
撹拌機、還流冷却管、気体導入管及び温度計を備えた5L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、エポキシ化合物(1)1512g、ビスフェノールA429g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対してビスフェノールAの水酸基の総量が47モル)を入れて80℃に加熱した。次いで触媒としてトリエチルアミン(株式会社ダイセル製)を3.9g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)、及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.2質量部)を入れて、145℃まで加熱し、1時間反応させて樹脂前駆体(P3)を合成した。次いで、110℃まで冷却後、反応性希釈剤としてスチレン429g(配合成分合計質量基準で10質量%)、重合禁止剤として5%ナフテン酸銅0.04g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.0019質量部)、トリメチルハイドロキノン1.3g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.056質量部)及びエステル化触媒として2,4,6-トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール(「セイクオールTDMP」、精工化学株式会社製、純度95質量%超)6.9g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.3質量部)を入れて、110℃まで加熱した。そして、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)としてメタクリル酸365g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対してメタクリル酸の酸基の総量が53モル)を約30分間かけて滴下した後、130℃に加熱し、約2時間反応させて、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4a)を製造した。
この反応生成物を90℃まで冷却し、重合禁止剤としてハイドロキノン0.13g(全配合成分の合計100質量部に対して0.003質量部)、反応性希釈剤(エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B))としてスチレン1546g(配合成分合計質量基準で36質量%)を添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂54質量%(配合成分合計質量基準)とスチレン46質量%との混合物を得た。
表5に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Example 10]
1512 g of epoxy compound (1) and 429 g of bisphenol A (bisphenol per 100 mol of total epoxy groups in epoxy compound (1)) were placed in a 5 L four-necked separable flask equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a gas inlet tube and a thermometer. The total amount of hydroxyl groups of A is 47 mol) was added and heated to 80°C. Then, 3.9 g of triethylamine (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.) as a catalyst (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol (a1-5), and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) for a total of 100 parts by mass) .2 parts by mass) was added, heated to 145° C., and reacted for 1 hour to synthesize a resin precursor (P3). Then, after cooling to 110 ° C., 429 g of styrene as a reactive diluent (10% by mass based on the total mass of ingredients), 0.04 g of 5% copper naphthenate as a polymerization inhibitor (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol ( a1-5) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) total 100 parts by mass), 1.3 g of trimethylhydroquinone (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol (a1-5) and 0.056 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2)) and 2,4,6-tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol ("Seikuol TDMP", Seiko as an esterification catalyst Chemical Co., Ltd., purity greater than 95% by mass) 6.9 g (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol (a1-5) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) for a total of 100 parts by mass) 3 parts by mass) was added and heated to 110°C. Then, 365 g of methacrylic acid (the total amount of acid groups of methacrylic acid is 53 mols per 100 mols of the total amount of epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (1)) as the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) is added dropwise over about 30 minutes. After that, the mixture was heated to 130° C. and reacted for about 2 hours to produce a vinyl ester resin (A1-4a).
This reaction product was cooled to 90° C., and 0.13 g of hydroquinone as a polymerization inhibitor (0.003 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of all ingredients), a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer As (B)), 1546 g of styrene (36% by mass based on the total mass of compounding components) was added to obtain a mixture of 54% by mass of vinyl ester resin (based on the total mass of compounding components) and 46% by mass of styrene.
Table 5 shows the blending amount of each component.
攪拌機、還流冷却管、気体導入管及び温度計を備えた5L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、エポキシ化合物(1)1795g、ビスフェノールA271g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対してビスフェノールAの水酸基の総量が25モル)を入れて80℃に加熱した。次いで触媒としてトリエチルアミン(株式会社ダイセル製)を3.1g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)の合計100質量部に対して0.15質量部)を入れて、145℃まで加熱し、1時間反応させて樹脂前駆体(P3)を合成した。次いで、110℃まで冷却後、反応性希釈剤としてスチレン496g(配合成分合計質量基準で10質量%)、重合禁止剤として5%ナフテン酸銅0.05g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.0019質量部)、メチルハイドロキノン1.0g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)、及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.04質量部)、トリメチルハイドロキノン1.5g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.057質量部)、エステル化触媒として2,4,6-トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール(「セイクオールTDMP」、精工化学株式会社製、純度95質量%超)8.0g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、ビスフェノール(a1-5)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.3質量部)を添加して110℃まで加熱し、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)としてメタクリル酸564g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対してメタクリル酸の酸基の総量が69モル)を約30分かけて滴下した後、約2時間反応させて、樹脂前駆体(P4)を合成した。次いで、不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)としてフマル酸33g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、フマル酸が6モル)を添加し、約1時間反応させてビニルエステル樹脂(A1-5a)を得た。
この反応生成物を90℃まで冷却し、反応性希釈剤(エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B))としてスチレン1784g(配合成分合計質量基準で36質量%)を添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂54質量%(配合成分合計質量基準)とスチレン46質量%との混合物を得た。
表5に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Example 11]
In a 5 L four-necked separable flask equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a gas inlet tube and a thermometer, 1795 g of epoxy compound (1) and 271 g of bisphenol A (bisphenol A per 100 mol of total epoxy groups in epoxy compound (1) (total amount of hydroxyl groups of 25 mol) was added and heated to 80°C. Next, 3.1 g of triethylamine (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.) as a catalyst (0.15 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and bisphenol (a1-5)) was added, and the temperature was raised to 145 ° C. The mixture was heated and reacted for 1 hour to synthesize a resin precursor (P3). Then, after cooling to 110 ° C., 496 g of styrene as a reactive diluent (10% by mass based on the total mass of ingredients), 0.05 g of 5% copper naphthenate as a polymerization inhibitor (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol ( a1-5) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) total 100 parts by mass 0.0019 parts by mass), methyl hydroquinone 1.0 g (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol (a1-5) , and 0.04 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2)), 1.5 g of trimethylhydroquinone (epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol (a1-5) and unsaturated 0.057 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the monobasic acid (a1-2)), 2,4,6-tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol ("Seikuol TDMP", Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd. as an esterification catalyst Made, purity over 95% by mass) 8.0 g (0.3 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of epoxy compound (a1-1), bisphenol (a1-5) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) ) is added and heated to 110° C., and 564 g of methacrylic acid as unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) (the total amount of acid groups of methacrylic acid is 69 per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups in epoxy compound (1). mol) was added dropwise over about 30 minutes, followed by reaction for about 2 hours to synthesize a resin precursor (P4). Next, 33 g of fumaric acid (6 moles of fumaric acid per 100 moles of total epoxy groups of epoxy compound (1)) is added as unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6) and reacted for about 1 hour to give vinyl. An ester resin (A1-5a) was obtained.
This reaction product was cooled to 90° C., 1784 g of styrene (36% by mass based on the total mass of ingredients) was added as a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B)), and 54 masses of vinyl ester resin was added. % (based on total weight of compounding components) and 46% by weight of styrene.
Table 5 shows the blending amount of each component.
攪拌機、還流冷却管、気体導入管及び温度計を備えた5L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、エポキシ化合物(1)1950gを80℃に加熱し、反応性希釈剤としてスチレン407g(配合成分合計質量基準で10質量%)、重合禁止剤として5%ナフテン酸銅0.04g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.0014質量部)、メチルハイドロキノン0.9g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.03質量部)、トリメチルハイドロキノン1.6g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.057質量部)、エステル化触媒として2,4,6-トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール(「セイクオールTDMP」、精工化学株式会社製、純度95質量%超)8.5g(エポキシ化合物(a1-1)、及び不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の合計100質量部に対して0.3質量部)を添加して100℃まで加熱し、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)としてメタクリル酸891g(エポキシ化合物(1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対してメタクリル酸の酸基の総量が100モル)を約30分かけて滴下した後、約2時間反応させてビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1b)を得た。
この反応生成物を90℃まで冷却し、反応性希釈剤(エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B))としてスチレン815g(配合成分合計質量基準で20質量%)を添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂70質量%(配合成分合計質量基準)とスチレン30質量%との混合物を得た。
表5に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Example 12]
In a 5 L four-necked separable flask equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a gas inlet tube and a thermometer, 1950 g of epoxy compound (1) was heated to 80° C., and 407 g of styrene as a reactive diluent (based on the total mass of the blending components 10% by mass), 0.04 g of 5% copper naphthenate as a polymerization inhibitor (0.0014 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2)) , 0.9 g of methyl hydroquinone (0.03 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound (a1-1) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2)), 1.6 g of trimethyl hydroquinone (epoxy compound (a1 -1), 0.057 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2)), 2,4,6-tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol as an esterification catalyst ("SEIQOL TDMP ”, manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd., purity greater than 95% by mass) 8.5 g (epoxy compound (a1-1) and unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) 0.3 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass ) is added and heated to 100° C., and 891 g of methacrylic acid as unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) (the total amount of acid groups of methacrylic acid is 100 per 100 mol of the total amount of epoxy groups of epoxy compound (1). mol) was added dropwise over about 30 minutes, followed by reaction for about 2 hours to obtain a vinyl ester resin (A1-1b).
This reaction product was cooled to 90° C., 815 g of styrene (20% by mass based on the total mass of ingredients) was added as a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B)), and 70 masses of vinyl ester resin was added. % (based on total weight of compounding components) and 30% by weight of styrene.
Table 5 shows the blending amount of each component.
合成例10において、表5に示す配合組成としたこと以外は同様にして合成を行い、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1c)及び(A1-1d)を得た。なお、合成例15においては、触媒として、「ニッサンカチオン(登録商標)M2-100R」(日油株式会社製、純度90質量%超)を用いた。
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1c)については、90℃まで冷却した後、反応性希釈剤(エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B))としてスチレン1222gを添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂70質量%(配合成分合計質量基準)とスチレン30質量%との混合物を得た。
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1d)については、90℃まで冷却した後、反応性希釈剤(エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B))としてフェノキシエチルメタクリレート1543gを添加し、ビニルエステル樹脂65質量%(配合成分合計質量基準)とスチレン35質量%との混合物を得た。
表5に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Examples 13 and 14]
Vinyl ester resins (A1-1c) and (A1-1d) were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10, except that the composition shown in Table 5 was used. In Synthesis Example 15, "Nissan Cation (registered trademark) M 2 -100R" (manufactured by NOF Corporation, purity of more than 90% by mass) was used as the catalyst.
For the vinyl ester resin (A1-1c), after cooling to 90 ° C., 1222 g of styrene was added as a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B)), and 70% by mass of the vinyl ester resin (compounding component A mixture of 30% by weight of styrene and 30% by weight of styrene was obtained.
For the vinyl ester resin (A1-1d), after cooling to 90 ° C., 1543 g of phenoxyethyl methacrylate was added as a reactive diluent (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B)), and 65% by mass of the vinyl ester resin ( A mixture of 35% by weight of styrene and 35% by weight of styrene was obtained.
Table 5 shows the blending amount of each component.
〔合成例15〕
温度計、攪拌機、不活性ガス吹込管及び還流冷却管を備えた3L4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、ジオール(a2-1)として、プロピレングリコール224.6g(ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して、27.5モル%)及び2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール810.5g(ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して、72.5モル%)、エチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)として、イソフタル酸472.6g(ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して、26.5モル%)及びテレフタル酸356.6g(ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して、20.0モル%)、エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)として、無水マレイン酸563.1g(ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して、53.5モル%)を仕込み、215℃で10時間縮合反応を行い、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2-a)を得た。
表6に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 <Synthesis of unsaturated polyester resin (A2)>
[Synthesis Example 15]
224.6 g of propylene glycol as diol (a2-1) (per 100 mol% of diol (a2-1) 27.5 mol%) and 810.5 g of 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (72.5 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of diol (a2-1)), an ethylenically unsaturated group As non-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-2), 472.6 g of isophthalic acid (26.5 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of diol (a2-1)) and 356.6 g of terephthalic acid (diol (a2- 1) 20.0 mol% with respect to 100 mol%), as the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1), 563.1 g of maleic anhydride (diol (a2-1) 100 mol% 53.5 mol % of the total amount) was charged, and condensation reaction was performed at 215° C. for 10 hours to obtain an unsaturated polyester resin (A2-a).
Table 6 shows the blending amount of each component.
合成例17において、表6に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして合成を行い、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2-b)~(A2-i)を得た。
表6に、それぞれの成分の配合量を示す。 [Synthesis Examples 16 to 23]
Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 17 except that the raw materials and compounding ratios shown in Table 6 were used to obtain unsaturated polyester resins (A2-b) to (A2-i).
Table 6 shows the blending amount of each component.
上記合成例で得られたビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1a)~(A1-1f)、(A1-2a)~(A1-2d)、(A1-3a)~(A1-3d)、(A1-4a)、及び(A1-5a)、並びに不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2-a)~(A2-i)について、以下に示す項目の測定評価を行った。これらの測定評価結果を、下記表3、5及び6にまとめて示す。 [Measurement evaluation of resin (A)]
Vinyl ester resins (A1-1a) to (A1-1f), (A1-2a) to (A1-2d), (A1-3a) to (A1-3d), (A1-4a) obtained in the above synthesis examples ), and (A1-5a), and the unsaturated polyester resins (A2-a) to (A2-i) were measured and evaluated for the following items. These measurement evaluation results are summarized in Tables 3, 5 and 6 below.
樹脂(A)の酸価は、JIS K6901:2008「部分酸価(指示薬滴定法)」に準拠して、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1a)~(A1-1f)、(A1-2a)~(A1-2d)、(A1-3a)~(A1-3d)、(A1-4a)、及び(A1-5a)、並びに不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2-a)~(A2-i)に含まれる酸成分を中和するために要する水酸化カリウムの質量を測定し、酸価を求めた。
なお、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)においては、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)をエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)であるフェノキシエチルメタクリレート(昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社製)又はスチレンを用いて希釈した混合物(ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)54~70質量%)を、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)においては、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)をエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)であるスチレンを用いて希釈した混合物(不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)57~65質量%)を測定試料とした。その測定試料の測定値から、樹脂(A)の酸価を求めた。滴定装置として「オートビュレット UCB-2000」(平沼産業株式会社製)、指示薬としてブロモチモールブルーとフェノールレッドの混合指示薬を用いた。
表1に、各合成例で得られたビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む混合物(測定試料)と、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)を含む混合物(測定試料)の詳細を示す。 <Acid value>
The acid value of resin (A) is vinyl ester resin (A1-1a) ~ (A1-1f), (A1-2a) ~ ( A1-2d), (A1-3a) to (A1-3d), (A1-4a), and (A1-5a), and acids contained in unsaturated polyester resins (A2-a) to (A2-i) The mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the components was measured to determine the acid value.
The vinyl ester resin (A1) is a mixture obtained by diluting the vinyl ester resin (A1) with phenoxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Showa Denko Materials Co., Ltd.) or styrene, which is an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). (Vinyl ester resin (A1) 54 to 70% by mass), and in the unsaturated polyester resin (A2), the unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is diluted with styrene, which is an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B). The resulting mixture (unsaturated polyester resin (A2) 57-65% by mass) was used as a measurement sample. The acid value of resin (A) was obtained from the measured value of the measurement sample. "Autoburette UCB-2000" (manufactured by Hiranuma Sangyo Co., Ltd.) was used as the titrator, and a mixed indicator of bromothymol blue and phenol red was used as the indicator.
Table 1 shows details of the mixture (measurement sample) containing the vinyl ester resin (A1) obtained in each synthesis example and the mixture (measurement sample) containing the unsaturated polyester resin (A2).
樹脂(A)の水酸基価は、JIS K6901:2008「水酸基価(中和滴定法)」に準拠して、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1b)~(A1-1d)、(A1-2b)、(A1-2d)、(A1-4a)及び(A1-5a)1gのアセチル化で発生する酢酸を中和するために要する水酸化カリウムの質量を測定し、水酸基価を求めた。
なお、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)においては、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)をエチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)であるフェノキシエチルメタクリレート(昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社製)を用いて希釈した混合物(ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)65質量%)と、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を、スチレンを用いて希釈した混合物2種(ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)70質量%及び54質量%)を測定試料とした。その測定試料の測定値から、樹脂(A)の水酸基価を求めた。中和滴定は手動にて行い、指示薬として1%フェノールフタレイン(エタノール溶液)を用いた。
表1に、各合成例で得られたビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む混合物(測定試料)の詳細を示す。 <Hydroxyl value>
The hydroxyl value of the resin (A) is vinyl ester resin (A1-1b) ~ (A1-1d), (A1-2b), (A1-2b), ( A1-2d), (A1-4a) and (A1-5a) were measured for the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acetic acid generated by the acetylation of 1 g, and the hydroxyl value was determined.
In the vinyl ester resin (A1), a mixture (vinyl Ester resin (A1) 65% by mass) and two mixtures (vinyl ester resin (A1) 70% by mass and 54% by mass) obtained by diluting vinyl ester resin (A1) with styrene were used as measurement samples. The hydroxyl value of resin (A) was obtained from the measured value of the measurement sample. Neutralization titration was performed manually using 1% phenolphthalein (ethanol solution) as an indicator.
Table 1 shows the details of the mixture (measurement sample) containing the vinyl ester resin (A1) obtained in each synthesis example.
樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量Mw及び数平均分子量Mnは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により以下の条件にて測定し、標準ポリスチレン換算分子量として求めた。Mw/Mnは、MnとMwの値から算出した。
・装置:「ショウデックス(登録商標)GPC-101」(昭和電工株式会社製)
・カラム:「ショウデックス(登録商標)LF-804」(昭和電工株式会社製)
・検出器:示差屈折計「ショウデックス(登録商標)RI-71S」(昭和電工株式会社製)
・カラム温度:40℃
・試料:樹脂(A)の0.2質量%テトラヒドロフラン溶液
・展開溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン
・流速:1.0mL/分 <Weight average molecular weight Mw, number average molecular weight Mn and molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn>
The weight-average molecular weight Mw and number-average molecular weight Mn of the resin (A) were measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions and determined as standard polystyrene equivalent molecular weights. Mw/Mn was calculated from the values of Mn and Mw.
・ Apparatus: "Shodex (registered trademark) GPC-101" (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
・ Column: “Shodex (registered trademark) LF-804” (manufactured by Showa Denko KK)
・ Detector: Differential refractometer “Shodex (registered trademark) RI-71S” (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
・Column temperature: 40°C
・Sample: 0.2% by mass tetrahydrofuran solution of resin (A) ・Developing solvent: tetrahydrofuran ・Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)においては、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)65質量%とフェノキシエチルメタクリレート35質量%との混合物、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)70質量%とスチレン30質量%との混合物、又はビニルエステル樹脂(A1)54質量%とスチレン46質量%との混合物の粘度を、E型粘度計(「RE-85U」(東機産業株式会社社製)、コーンプレート型、コーンローター:1°34’×R24、回転数:50rpm~0.5rpm)を用いて、温度25℃で測定した。
なお、各合成例で得られたビニルエステル樹脂(A1)を含む混合物(測定試料)は、上記水酸基価測定時に使用した混合物と同じものを用いた。 <Viscosity>
In the vinyl ester resin (A1), a mixture of 65% by mass of the vinyl ester resin (A1) and 35% by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate, a mixture of 70% by mass of the vinyl ester resin (A1) and 30% by mass of styrene, or a vinyl ester The viscosity of a mixture of 54% by mass of resin (A1) and 46% by mass of styrene was measured using an E-type viscometer ("RE-85U" (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), cone plate type, cone rotor: 1°34' ×R24, rotation speed: 50 rpm to 0.5 rpm), and measured at a temperature of 25°C.
The mixture (measurement sample) containing the vinyl ester resin (A1) obtained in each Synthesis Example was the same as the mixture used in the hydroxyl value measurement.
混合物の粘度が0Pa・s超1.0Pa・s以下であるとき、回転数50rpmで測定した。
混合物の粘度が1.0Pa・s超2.0Pa・s以下であるとき、回転数20rpmで測定した。
混合物の粘度が2.0Pa・s超4.0Pa・s以下であるとき、回転数10rpmで測定した。
混合物の粘度が4.0Pa・s超8.0Pa・s以下であるとき、回転数5rpmで測定した。
混合物の粘度が8.0Pa・s超18.0Pa・s以下であるとき、回転数2.5rpmで測定した。
混合物の粘度が18.0Pa・s超45.0Pa・sで以下あるとき、回転数1.0rpmで測定した。
混合物の粘度が45.0Pa・s超100.0Pa・s以下であるとき、回転数0.5rpmで測定した。 Further, the rotational speed of the cone rotor according to the measured viscosity was set as follows.
When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 0 Pa·s and 1.0 Pa·s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 50 rpm.
When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 1.0 Pa·s and 2.0 Pa·s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 20 rpm.
When the viscosity of the mixture was over 2.0 Pa·s and 4.0 Pa·s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 10 rpm.
When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 4.0 Pa·s and 8.0 Pa·s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 5 rpm.
When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 8.0 Pa·s and 18.0 Pa·s or less, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 2.5 rpm.
When the viscosity of the mixture was greater than 18.0 Pa·s and less than or equal to 45.0 Pa·s, the measurement was performed at a rotation speed of 1.0 rpm.
When the viscosity of the mixture was more than 45.0 Pa·s and less than or equal to 100.0 Pa·s, the measurement was performed at a rotational speed of 0.5 rpm.
下記実施例及び比較例において樹脂組成物の製造に用いた揺変剤の詳細を以下に示す。
・揺変剤(1):有機揺変剤;「フローノンSP-1000AF」、共栄社化学株式会社製
・揺変剤(2):疎水性シリカ;「レオロシールPM-20L」、株式会社トクヤマ製 [Production of resin composition]
The details of the thixotropic agents used in the production of the resin compositions in the following examples and comparative examples are shown below.
・Thixotropic agent (1): Organic thixotropic agent; “Floronon SP-1000AF”, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. ・Thixotropic agent (2): Hydrophobic silica; “Reolosil PM-20L”, manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-1a)26質量部と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)としてフェノキシエチルメタクリレート14質量部との混合物(1)、及びビニルエステル樹脂(A1-3c)26質量部と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)としてフェノキシエチルメタクリレート14質量部との混合物(2)を作製した。
続いて、前記混合物(1)40質量部、前記混合物(2)40質量部、ベンジルメタクリレート12質量部、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート8質量部、水0.2質量部、揺変剤(1)1.7質量部、並びに重合開始剤(D)として2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン0.2質量部及びフェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ホスフィンオキシド0.2質量部を添加し、ディスパー(高速分散基「ホモディスパー2.5型」プライミクス株式会社製)を用いて2000~3000rpmにて20分間混合した。これに、化合物(C)として酸化マグネシウム(「マグミクロン MD-4AM-2」、御国色素社製、酸化マグネシウム含有量30質量%(推定);以下、同様。)1.5質量部を添加し、さらに1分程度混合して調製し、樹脂組成物(X-1)を得た。 <Example 1>
A mixture (1) of 26 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-1a) and 14 parts by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B), and 26 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-3c) and 14 parts by mass of phenoxyethyl methacrylate as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) to prepare a mixture (2).
Subsequently, 40 parts by mass of the mixture (1), 40 parts by mass of the mixture (2), 12 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate, 8 parts by mass of diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 0.2 parts by mass of water, and 1.7 parts by mass of thixotropic agent (1). parts by mass, and 0.2 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone and 0.2 parts by mass of phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide as a polymerization initiator (D), Mixing was performed for 20 minutes at 2000 to 3000 rpm using a disper (high-speed dispersing group "Homo Disper 2.5 type" manufactured by Primix Co., Ltd.). To this, 1.5 parts by mass of magnesium oxide (“Magmicron MD-4AM-2”, manufactured by Mikuni-Color Co., Ltd., magnesium oxide content 30% by mass (estimated); hereinafter the same) was added as a compound (C). , and further mixed for about 1 minute to obtain a resin composition (X-1).
実施例1において、表9~11に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして調製し、樹脂組成物(X-2)~(X-16)及び(X’-1)~(X’-8)を得た。 <Examples 2 to 16, Comparative Examples 1 to 8>
In Example 1, resin compositions (X-2) to (X-16) and (X'-1) to ( X'-8) was obtained.
ビニルエステル樹脂(A1-4a)54質量部と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)としてスチレン46質量部との混合物に、光重合開始剤(D)として2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン0.2質量部及びフェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ホスフィンオキシド0.2質量部、化合物(E)として水0.1質量部、揺変剤として有機揺変剤(揺変剤(1)、「フローノンSP-1000AF」、共栄社化学株式会社製)1.0質量部を添加し、ディスパー(高速分散基「ホモディスパー2.5型」プライミクス株式会社製)を用いて2000~3000rpmにて20分間混合した。これに、増粘剤(C)として酸化マグネシウム(「マグミクロン MD-4AM-2」、御国色素社製、酸化マグネシウム含有量30質量%(推定);以下、同様。)1.2質量部(酸化マグネシウム含有量0.36質量部)を添加し、さらに1分程度混合して調製し、樹脂組成物(X-17)を得た。 <Example 17>
A mixture of 54 parts by mass of a vinyl ester resin (A1-4a) and 46 parts by mass of styrene as an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) was added with 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl as a photopolymerization initiator (D). 0.2 parts by mass of acetophenone and 0.2 parts by mass of phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide, 0.1 parts by mass of water as compound (E), and an organic thixotropic agent (thixotropic Agent (1), "Furnon SP-1000AF", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1.0 parts by mass is added, and disper (high-speed dispersing group "Homodisper 2.5 type" manufactured by Primix Co., Ltd.) is used to 2000 to 2000. Mixed for 20 minutes at 3000 rpm. To this, as a thickener (C), magnesium oxide (“Magmicron MD-4AM-2”, manufactured by Mikuni-Color Co., Ltd., magnesium oxide content 30% by mass (estimated); hereinafter the same.) 1.2 parts by mass ( Magnesium oxide content of 0.36 parts by mass) was added and further mixed for about 1 minute to obtain a resin composition (X-17).
実施例17において、表12及び13に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして調製し、樹脂組成物(X-18)、(X-19)、(X-21)~(X-27)、(X-29)、(X-30)及び(X-33)~(X-38)を得た。 <Examples 18, 19, 21-27, 29, 30, 33-38>
In Example 17, resin compositions (X-18), (X-19), (X-21) to (X -27), (X-29), (X-30) and (X-33) to (X-38).
実施例17において、樹脂(A)と、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)としてスチレンとの混合物に、さらにカルボキシ基含有化合物として3-ドデセニルコハク酸を表8及び9に記載の配合比として添加し、その他については表12及び13に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして調製し、樹脂組成物(X-20)、(X-28)、(X-31)及び(X-32)を得た。 <Examples 20, 28, 31 and 32>
In Example 17, the mixture of the resin (A) and styrene as the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) was further added with 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid as the carboxy group-containing compound at the compounding ratio shown in Tables 8 and 9. Others were prepared in the same manner except that the raw materials and blending ratios shown in Tables 12 and 13 were used, and resin compositions (X-20), (X-28), (X-31) and (X -32) was obtained.
不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2-a)54.74質量部を、エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)として、スチレン44.63質量部に溶解させ、混合物(1)を作製した。また、カルボキシ基含有化合物として、3-ドデセニルコハク酸0.63質量部を、スチレン0.63質量部に溶解させ混合物(2)を作製した。混合物(1)99.37質量部に、混合物(2)1.26質量部と、化合物(E)として、水0.20質量部と、光重合開始剤(D)として、フェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ホスフィンオキシド0.11質量部、及び2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン0.11質量部を添加し、ディスパー(高速分散基「ホモディスパー2.5型」プライミクス株式会社製)を用いて2000~3000rpmにて約10分間混合した。さらに、増粘剤(C)として、酸化マグネシウム(マグミクロン MD-4AM-2、御国色素社製、酸化マグネシウム推定含有量30質量%)0.96質量部(酸化マグネシウム換算で0.29質量部)を添加し、ディスパーをもちいて2000~3000rpmにて約1分間混合し、樹脂組成物(X-39)を得た。 <Example 39>
A mixture (1) was prepared by dissolving 54.74 parts by mass of the unsaturated polyester resin (A2-a) as the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B) in 44.63 parts by mass of styrene. Further, as a carboxy group-containing compound, 0.63 parts by mass of 3-dodecenylsuccinic acid was dissolved in 0.63 parts by mass of styrene to prepare a mixture (2). 99.37 parts by mass of the mixture (1), 1.26 parts by mass of the mixture (2), 0.20 parts by mass of water as the compound (E), and phenylbis(2, 0.11 parts by mass of 4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide and 0.11 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone are added, and disper (high-speed dispersing group "Homodisper 2.5 type" Primix stock company) at 2000-3000 rpm for about 10 minutes. Furthermore, as a thickener (C), magnesium oxide (Magmicron MD-4AM-2, manufactured by Mikuni-Color Co., Ltd., estimated content of magnesium oxide 30% by mass) 0.96 parts by mass (0.29 parts by mass in terms of magnesium oxide ) was added and mixed for about 1 minute at 2000 to 3000 rpm using a disper to obtain a resin composition (X-39).
実施例39において、表14~17に記載の原料と配合比としたこと以外は同様にして調製し、樹脂組成物(X-40)~(X-66)、並びに(X’-9)~(X’-14)を得た。 <Examples 40 to 66, Comparative Examples 9 to 14>
In Example 39, resin compositions (X-40) to (X-66) and (X'-9) to were prepared in the same manner except that the raw materials and blending ratios shown in Tables 14 to 17 were used. (X'-14) was obtained.
上記実施例及び比較例で得られた樹脂組成物(X-1)~(X-66)、及び(X’-1)~(X’-14)について、粘度、含浸性、タック性、染み出し性、折り曲げ、及び模擬管管更生の測定評価を行った。これらの測定評価結果を、下記表9~17に示す。 [Measurement evaluation of resin composition]
Regarding the resin compositions (X-1) to (X-66) and (X'-1) to (X'-14) obtained in the above examples and comparative examples, the viscosity, impregnating property, tackiness, staining We measured and evaluated the ease of extraction, bending, and rehabilitation of simulated pipes. These measurement evaluation results are shown in Tables 9 to 17 below.
樹脂組成物(X-1)~(X-38)については、調製直後にそれぞれ300mlの容器に280g入れ、密閉した状態で、25℃、常湿下に静置、保管した。
樹脂組成物(X-39)~(X-66)、(X’-9)、(X’-10)、(X’-13)、及び(X’-14)については、調整直後にそれぞれ500mLのポリプロピレン製容器に500g入れ、アルミホイルで蓋をした。これを、袋(410mm×280mm、材質:ポリエチレン、膜厚:30μm)に入れ、熱圧着することで密閉し、25℃、50%RHの環境下、または25℃、80%RH環境下に静置、保管した。
樹脂組成物(X’-11)及び(X’-12)については調整直後にそれぞれ500mLの金属製の丸缶に入れ、金属製の蓋をし、23℃、50%RHの環境下に静置した。 <Viscosity>
Immediately after preparation, 280 g of resin compositions (X-1) to (X-38) were placed in a 300 ml container, sealed, and left to stand at 25° C. and normal humidity for storage.
For resin compositions (X-39) to (X-66), (X'-9), (X'-10), (X'-13), and (X'-14), immediately after adjustment, 500 g was placed in a 500 mL polypropylene container and covered with aluminum foil. This was placed in a bag (410 mm × 280 mm, material: polyethylene, film thickness: 30 µm), sealed by thermocompression, and left statically in an environment of 25°C and 50% RH or 25°C and 80% RH. placed and stored.
Immediately after preparation, the resin compositions (X'-11) and (X'-12) were placed in 500 mL metal round cans, covered with metal lids, and placed in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH. placed.
樹脂組成物(X-5)~(X-16)、(X-28)~(X-38)、(X-52)~(X-66)及び(X’-1)~(X’-14)については、樹脂組成物調整後1時間経過時の25℃における粘度、樹脂組成物調製後2日経過時の25℃における粘度、及び樹脂組成物調製後5日経過時の25℃における粘度を測定した。粘度範囲に応じて、以下の2種類の機器を適宜選択し、温度25℃で測定した。 For the stationary resin compositions (X-1) to (X-4), (X-17) to (X-27) and (X-39) to (X-51), 1 after resin composition adjustment The viscosity at 25° C. after the passage of time and the viscosity at 25° C. after 2 days from the preparation of the resin composition were measured.
Resin compositions (X-5) to (X-16), (X-28) to (X-38), (X-52) to (X-66) and (X'-1) to (X'- Regarding 14), the viscosity at 25 ° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition, the viscosity at 25 ° C. after 2 days from the preparation of the resin composition, and the viscosity at 25 ° C. after 5 days from the preparation of the resin composition was measured. According to the viscosity range, the following two types of instruments were appropriately selected and measured at a temperature of 25°C.
樹脂組成物の粘度が0Pa・s超1.0Pa・s以下であるとき、ローターNo.3を用い、回転数60rpmで測定した。
樹脂組成物の粘度が1.0Pa・s超5.0Pa・s以下であるとき、ローターNo.4を用い、回転数60rpmで測定した。
樹脂組成物の粘度が5.0Pa・s超25.0Pa・s以下であるとき、ローターNo.4を用い、回転数12rpmで測定した。
樹脂組成物の粘度が25.0Pa・s超50.0Pa・s以下であるとき、ローターNo.4を用い、回転数6rpmで測定した。
樹脂組成物の粘度が50.0Pa・s超100.0Pa・s以下であるとき、ローターNo.4を用い、回転数3rpmで測定した。
測定粘度に応じた使用ローター及び回転数を下記表7に示す。 (1) "RB80 type viscometer" (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.; rotor No. 3 to 4)
When the viscosity of the resin composition is more than 0 Pa·s and 1.0 Pa·s or less, rotor No. 3 and measured at a rotation speed of 60 rpm.
When the viscosity of the resin composition is more than 1.0 Pa·s and 5.0 Pa·s or less, rotor No. 4 and measured at a rotation speed of 60 rpm.
When the viscosity of the resin composition is more than 5.0 Pa·s and 25.0 Pa·s or less, rotor No. 4 and measured at a rotation speed of 12 rpm.
When the viscosity of the resin composition is more than 25.0 Pa·s and 50.0 Pa·s or less, rotor No. 4 and measured at a rotation speed of 6 rpm.
When the viscosity of the resin composition is more than 50.0 Pa·s and 100.0 Pa·s or less, rotor No. 4 and measured at a rotation speed of 3 rpm.
Table 7 below shows the rotor used and the number of revolutions according to the measured viscosity.
樹脂組成物の粘度が100.0Pa・s超800.0Pa・s以下であるとき、TバースピンドルT-Aを用いた。
樹脂組成物の粘度が800.0Pa・s超1600.0Pa・s以下であるとき、TバースピンドルT-Bを用いた。
樹脂組成物の粘度が1600.0Pa・s超4000.0Pa・s以下であるとき、TバースピンドルT-Cを用いた。
樹脂組成物の粘度が4000.0Pa・s超10000.0Pa・s以下であるとき、TバースピンドルT-Dを用いた。
測定粘度に応じて使用したTバースピンドルを下記表8に示す。 (2) "HBDVE type viscometer" (manufactured by Eiko Seiki Co., Ltd.; T-bar spindle TA to TD, rotation speed: 1 rpm)
T-bar spindle TA was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 100.0 Pa·s and 800.0 Pa·s or less.
T-bar spindle TB was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 800.0 Pa·s and 1600.0 Pa·s or less.
A T-bar spindle TC was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 1600.0 Pa·s and 4000.0 Pa·s or less.
T-bar spindle TD was used when the viscosity of the resin composition was more than 4000.0 Pa·s and 10000.0 Pa·s or less.
The T-bar spindles used according to the measured viscosity are shown in Table 8 below.
ガラス繊維のチョップドストランドマット(「MC 450A」、日東紡績株式会社製)を、100mm×100mmの正方形に3枚切り出し、3枚を重ね合わせた上に内径50mm、高さ20mmのステンレス製リングを載せた後、実施例及び比較例で調製した、調整後1時間経過時の樹脂組成物10gをステンレス製リング内に流し入れ、最下層のガラス繊維まで樹脂組成物が浸透する時間を計測した。
流し入れた樹脂組成物が、5分未満で最下層のガラス繊維まで浸透した場合、含浸性が良好であると判定した。表9~17の含浸性の欄には、含浸性が良好な場合を「〇」、それ以外の場合を「×」として示した。 <Impregnability>
Cut out 3 squares of 100 mm × 100 mm from glass fiber chopped strand mat ("MC 450A", manufactured by Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd.), stack the 3 sheets, and place a stainless steel ring with an inner diameter of 50 mm and a height of 20 mm. After that, 10 g of the resin composition prepared in Examples and Comparative Examples 1 hour after adjustment was poured into a stainless steel ring, and the time for the resin composition to permeate to the bottom glass fiber was measured.
The impregnating property was determined to be good when the poured resin composition permeated the bottom layer of glass fibers in less than 5 minutes. In the column of impregnating properties in Tables 9 to 17, "◯" indicates good impregnating properties, and "X" indicates other cases.
300mlディスポカップに樹脂組成物を280g入れ、室温、常湿下(暗所)で2日間静置、保管した後、その樹脂組成物表面を指触した。その際、べとつきがあり、指に樹脂組成物が付着した場合、タック性が良好であると判定した。表9~17のタック性の欄には、タック性が良好な場合を「〇」、べとつきが無く、指に樹脂組成物が付着しない場合を「×」として示した。
なお、シート状又はテープ状の繊維基材(F)を用いてライニング材を製造する場合、本評価においてタック性が良好である樹脂組成物は好適に用いることができる。 <Tackiness>
280 g of the resin composition was placed in a 300 ml disposable cup, left to stand and stored for 2 days under room temperature and normal humidity (dark place), and then the surface of the resin composition was touched with a finger. At that time, when there was stickiness and the resin composition adhered to the finger, it was determined that the tackiness was good. In the column of tackiness in Tables 9 to 17, "O" indicates good tackiness, and "X" indicates no stickiness and the resin composition does not adhere to fingers.
When producing a lining material using a sheet-like or tape-like fiber base material (F), a resin composition exhibiting good tackiness in this evaluation can be suitably used.
ガラス繊維のチョップドストランドマット(「MC 450A」、日東紡績株式会社製)を、200mm×200mmの正方形に3枚切り出し、その3枚を重ね合わせ、約51gの樹脂組成物を脱泡ローラーで含浸させ、積層体(ガラス含有率約50%)を得た。その積層体を、250mm×250mmに切り出したポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムで挟み込み、室温、常湿下(暗所)で静置して養生し、ライニング材用材料を得た。なお、樹脂組成物(X-1)~(X-4)、(X-17)~(X-27)及び(X-39)~(X-51)を用いた場合は、2日間養生し、樹脂組成物(X-5)~(X-16)、(X-28)~(X-38)、(X-52)~(X-66)及び(X’-1)~(X’-14)を用いた場合は、5日間養生した。養生後、ハサミで約50mmの切り込みを入れ、断面から樹脂組成物の染み出し(樹脂垂れ)の有無を確認し、断面から樹脂組成物の染み出しがない場合は、良好な状態であると判定した。表5~12の染み出し性の欄には、染み出しが無い場合を「〇」、染み出しがあった場合を「×」として示した。 <Exudation>
Cut out 3 pieces of glass fiber chopped strand mat ("MC 450A", manufactured by Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd.) into 200 mm × 200 mm squares, stack the 3 pieces, and impregnate about 51 g of the resin composition with a defoaming roller. , to obtain a laminate (glass content about 50%). The laminate was sandwiched between polyethylene terephthalate films cut out to a size of 250 mm×250 mm, and allowed to stand at room temperature and normal humidity (dark place) for curing to obtain a lining material. In addition, when using the resin compositions (X-1) to (X-4), (X-17) to (X-27) and (X-39) to (X-51), they were cured for 2 days. , resin compositions (X-5) to (X-16), (X-28) to (X-38), (X-52) to (X-66) and (X'-1) to (X' -14) was cured for 5 days. After curing, a cut of about 50 mm is made with scissors, and the presence or absence of the resin composition exuding (resin dripping) is checked from the cross section. If the resin composition does not exude from the cross section, it is judged to be in good condition bottom. In the exudation property column of Tables 5 to 12, the case where there was no exudation was indicated as "◯", and the case where exudation was present was indicated as "x".
染み出し性の評価と同様にして、ライニング材用材料を得た。なお、樹脂組成物(X-1)~(X-4)、(X-17)~(X-27)及び(X-39)~(X-51)を用いた場合は、2日間養生し、樹脂組成物(X-5)~(X-16)、(X-28)~(X-38)、(X-52)~(X-66)及び(X’-1)~(X’-14)を用いた場合は、5日間養生した。養生後、積層体を180°折り曲げ、戻した後に折り曲げ跡の有無と、樹脂と繊維の剥離有無を確認し、折り曲げ跡、樹脂と繊維の剥離のいずれもない場合は、良好な状態であると判定した。表9~17の折り曲げ評価の欄には、折り曲げ跡の有無と、樹脂と繊維の剥離のいずれもない場合を「○」、折り曲げ跡の有無と、樹脂と繊維の剥離のいずれか一方がある場合を「△」、折り曲げ跡の有無と、樹脂と繊維の剥離のいずれもある場合を「×」として示した。 <Bending evaluation>
A material for lining material was obtained in the same manner as in the evaluation of exudation property. In addition, when using the resin compositions (X-1) to (X-4), (X-17) to (X-27) and (X-39) to (X-51), they were cured for 2 days. , resin compositions (X-5) to (X-16), (X-28) to (X-38), (X-52) to (X-66) and (X'-1) to (X' -14) was cured for 5 days. After curing, the laminate is bent 180°, and after returning it, the presence or absence of bending marks and the presence or absence of peeling of the resin and fibers are checked. Judged. In the bending evaluation column of Tables 9 to 17, the presence or absence of bending marks and the absence of peeling of the resin and fibers are indicated by "○", and the presence or absence of bending marks and peeling of the resin and fibers are indicated. "A" indicates the case, and "x" indicates the presence or absence of bending traces and peeling of resin and fiber.
端部を曲線状にR2で処理した、幅220mm×長さ1000mm×厚さ4mmのアルミ製の板に、インナーフィルムとして長さ1400mm×厚さ100μmのポリエチレンフィルム(イセ化成工業株式会社製)を巻き付け、ラップ部でビニレイド(白光株式会社製)を使用してヒートシールした。次いでインナーフィルムの上から、繊維基材(F)である長さ800mmのガラス繊維チョップドストランドマット(「MC 450A」、日東紡績株式会社製)を巻き付け、巻き付けると同時に脱泡ローラーを用いて樹脂組成物を含浸させ、樹脂組成物含浸基材(4枚重ね:厚さ3.0mm、ガラス繊維含有率40%)を得た。
さらに樹脂組成物含浸基材の上から、アウターフィルムとして長さ1400mm×厚さ100μmのポリエチレンフィルムを被覆し、ラップ部を幅50mmのマスキングテープ(スリーエムジャパン株式会社製)で接着し固定した。続いて、アルミ板を引き抜き、ライニング材を得た。
前記ライニング材を25℃で2日間養生した後、内径150mm×長さ1000mmの模擬管であるアクリルパイプに引き込んだ。ライニング材の両端を結束バンドで縛って密閉し、一端から4L/secで空気を注入し、ライニング材を拡径してアクリルパイプ内面に圧着させた。その後、ライニング材の両端をアクリルパイプに固定し、一方の端部は空気注入孔付きのキャップを設置し、もう一方の端部には、紫外線LED蛍光灯型ライト「NS365-FTL-C30」(ナイトライド・セミコンダクター製)を配置したキャップを設置した。空気注入孔付きのキャップから4L/secで空気を注入しつつ、紫外線照度計「UIT-201」(ウシオ電機株式会社)を用いて、照度10mW/cm2、感度波長域330~490nm、照射時間60分にて前記ライニング材を光硬化することにより、模擬管の管更生を行った。
ライニング材に空気を吹き込み、問題なく拡径できた場合は、拡径可能と判定した。
さらにUVLED蛍光灯型ライト「NS365-FTL-C30」(ナイトライド・セミコンダクター製)を用いて、照度10mW/cm2、照射時間60分にて前記ライニング材を光硬化した後、インナーフィルムを取り除き、ライニング材硬化層の厚さを確認した。ライニング材硬化層の厚さは模擬管の中央部、両端からそれぞれ200mmの位置の3か所において、管の断面に対し上下左右の4点、併せて12点の測定を行った。厚さの下限値が3.0mm以上であり上限値が3.0mm+20%以内(3.6mm以内)である場合はライニング材中の樹脂組成物の偏在が良好に抑制され、外観が良好であると判定した。表5~12の模擬管管更生評価の欄には、ライニング材が拡径可能でライニング材硬化層の厚さが3.0~3.6mmである場合を「○」、ライニング材が拡径できない場合、またはライニング材硬化層の厚さが3.0~3.6mmの範囲外である場合、もしくはその両方である場合を「×」とした。 <Evaluation of simulated pipe rehabilitation>
An aluminum plate with a width of 220 mm, a length of 1000 mm, and a thickness of 4 mm, whose edges were curved with R2, was coated with a polyethylene film (manufactured by Ise Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) having a length of 1,400 mm and a thickness of 100 μm as an inner film. It was wrapped and heat-sealed using Vinylade (manufactured by Hakko Co., Ltd.) at the wrap portion. Then, from above the inner film, a glass fiber chopped strand mat (“MC 450A”, manufactured by Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd.) with a length of 800 mm, which is the fiber base material (F), is wound, and at the same time as it is wound, a defoaming roller is used to make the resin composition. A substrate impregnated with a resin composition (four layers: thickness 3.0 mm, glass fiber content 40%) was obtained.
Further, the resin composition-impregnated substrate was covered with a polyethylene film of 1400 mm length×100 μm thickness as an outer film, and the wrap portion was adhered and fixed with a masking tape of 50 mm width (manufactured by 3M Japan Ltd.). Subsequently, the aluminum plate was pulled out to obtain a lining material.
After curing the lining material at 25° C. for 2 days, it was pulled into an acrylic pipe, which is a simulated pipe with an inner diameter of 150 mm and a length of 1000 mm. Both ends of the lining material were bound with binding bands to seal, and air was injected from one end at 4 L/sec to expand the diameter of the lining material and press it against the inner surface of the acrylic pipe. After that, both ends of the lining material are fixed to the acrylic pipe, one end is installed with a cap with an air injection hole, and the other end is an ultraviolet LED fluorescent lamp type light "NS365-FTL-C30" ( (manufactured by Nitride Semiconductor) was installed. While injecting air from a cap with an air injection hole at 4 L/sec, using an ultraviolet illuminometer “UIT-201” (Ushio Inc.), illuminance 10 mW / cm 2 , sensitivity wavelength range 330 to 490 nm, irradiation time The simulated pipe was rehabilitated by photocuring the lining material for 60 minutes.
When air was blown into the lining material and the diameter could be expanded without any problem, it was determined that the diameter could be expanded.
Furthermore, using a UVLED fluorescent lamp type light "NS365-FTL-C30" (manufactured by Nitride Semiconductor), the lining material was photocured at an illuminance of 10 mW/cm 2 for an irradiation time of 60 minutes, and then the inner film was removed. The thickness of the hardened layer of the lining material was confirmed. The thickness of the hardened layer of the lining material was measured at 4 points on the cross section of the pipe, 12 points in total, at 3 points, 200 mm from the center and both ends of the simulated pipe. When the lower limit of the thickness is 3.0 mm or more and the upper limit is within 3.0 mm + 20% (within 3.6 mm), uneven distribution of the resin composition in the lining material is well suppressed, and the appearance is good. I judged. In the column of simulated pipe rehabilitation evaluation in Tables 5 to 12, "○" indicates that the lining material can be expanded and the thickness of the hardened layer of the lining material is 3.0 to 3.6 mm, and the lining material is expanded. When the thickness of the cured layer of the lining material was not within the range of 3.0 to 3.6 mm, or both of them, it was evaluated as "x".
また、表10、13、15及び16に記載の通り、実施例5~16、28~38及び52~66においては、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度が0.1~3Pa・sであり、樹脂組成物調製後5日経過時の粘度が400~3500Pa・sであることから、増粘速度が適度にコントロールされた樹脂組成物が得られたことが分かる。
一方、比較例1~4及び10においては、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度が大きいため、含浸性が低いことが分かる。また、比較例5、9及び11~14においては、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度は適正ではあるものの、増粘速度が小さく、5日間養生しても樹脂組成物の染み出しが見られる。また、比較例6~8においては、樹脂組成物調製後1時間経過時の粘度は適正ではあるものの、樹脂組成物調製後5日経過時の粘度が非常に高く樹脂組成物の染み出しは見られないが、折り曲げ跡や樹脂と繊維の剥離が見られた。 As shown in Tables 9, 12 and 14, in Examples 1 to 4, 17 to 27 and 39 to 51, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition was 0.1 to 3 Pa s, and the resin Since the viscosity was 400 to 3500 Pa·s two days after the preparation of the composition, it can be seen that a resin composition with an appropriately controlled thickening rate was obtained.
Further, as shown in Tables 10, 13, 15 and 16, in Examples 5 to 16, 28 to 38 and 52 to 66, the viscosity after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition was 0.1 to 3 Pa s. , and the viscosity was 400 to 3500 Pa·s 5 days after the preparation of the resin composition, indicating that a resin composition with an appropriately controlled thickening rate was obtained.
On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 to 4 and 10, the impregnability was low because the viscosity was high one hour after the resin composition was prepared. In Comparative Examples 5, 9, and 11 to 14, although the viscosity was appropriate one hour after the resin composition was prepared, the rate of thickening was low, and the resin composition did not seep out even after curing for 5 days. be seen. Further, in Comparative Examples 6 to 8, although the viscosity was appropriate one hour after the resin composition was prepared, the viscosity was very high five days after the resin composition was prepared, and the resin composition did not seep out. Although not visible, traces of bending and peeling of resin and fibers were observed.
実施例5で得られた樹脂組成物(X-5)に対し、250Wのメタルハライドランプ(ピーク波長420nm、照度20mW/cm2)用いて、60分間光照射し、170mm×170mm、厚さ4mmの硬化物(注型品)を得た。なお、上記照度は、照度計「IL1400A」(インターナショナルライトテクノロジーズ社製、受光器型式SEL005、測定波長域:380~450nm、中央値:415nm)を用いて測定した。
また、ガラス繊維のチョップドストランドマット(「MC 450A」、日東紡績株式会社製)に、実施例5で得られた樹脂組成物(X-5)を含浸させ、3枚重ねて25℃で5日間養生し、ライニング材用材料を得た。そのライニング材用材料に、250Wのメタルハライドランプ(ピーク波長420nm、照度25mW/cm2)用いて、30分間光照射し、170mm×170mm、厚さ3.1mmの硬化物(FRP:ガラス繊維含有量31質量%)を得た。
続いて、各硬化物を、それぞれ長さ80mm、幅10mmに切断加工し、温度23℃、相対湿度50%の環境下で、24時間養生し、測定評価用試験片を得た。 [Evaluation of cured product (cast product, FRP)]
The resin composition (X-5) obtained in Example 5 was irradiated with light for 60 minutes using a 250 W metal halide lamp (peak wavelength: 420 nm, illuminance: 20 mW/cm 2 ) to obtain a 170 mm × 170 mm, 4 mm thick A cured product (cast product) was obtained. The illuminance was measured using an illuminance meter "IL1400A" (manufactured by International Light Technologies, photodetector model SEL005, measurement wavelength range: 380 to 450 nm, median value: 415 nm).
In addition, a glass fiber chopped strand mat ("MC 450A", manufactured by Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd.) was impregnated with the resin composition (X-5) obtained in Example 5, and three sheets were stacked at 25 ° C. for 5 days. After curing, a material for lining material was obtained. The material for the lining material is irradiated with light for 30 minutes using a 250 W metal halide lamp (peak wavelength 420 nm, illuminance 25 mW/cm 2 ), and a cured product (FRP: glass fiber content 31% by mass) was obtained.
Subsequently, each cured product was cut to a length of 80 mm and a width of 10 mm, and cured for 24 hours under an environment of a temperature of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50% to obtain test pieces for measurement evaluation.
JIS K7171:2016に準拠し、万能材料試験機(「テンシロンUCT-1T」、株式会社オリエンテック製;支点間距離48mm、試験速度1.3mm/分)を用いて、温度23℃、湿度50%の環境下にて曲げ強度及び曲げ弾性率を測定した。
硬化物(注型品)については試験片5枚の測定値(N=5)、硬化物(FRP)については試験片3枚の測定値(N=3)の各平均値を、各硬化物の曲げ強度及び曲げ弾性率とした。
樹脂組成物(X-5)の硬化物(注型品)の曲げ強度は101MPa、曲げ弾性率は3.3GPaであり、硬化物(FRP)の曲げ強度は162MPa、曲げ弾性率は8.5GPaであった。 <Bending strength and bending elastic modulus>
In accordance with JIS K7171: 2016, using a universal material testing machine ("Tensilon UCT-1T", manufactured by Orientec Co., Ltd.; distance between fulcrums 48 mm, test speed 1.3 mm / min), temperature 23 ° C., humidity 50% The flexural strength and flexural modulus were measured under the environment of
For the cured product (cast product), the measured values of 5 test pieces (N = 5), and for the cured product (FRP), the average values of the measured values of 3 test pieces (N = 3) were calculated. flexural strength and flexural modulus.
The cured product (cast product) of the resin composition (X-5) has a bending strength of 101 MPa and a bending elastic modulus of 3.3 GPa, and the cured product (FRP) has a bending strength of 162 MPa and a bending elastic modulus of 8.5 GPa. Met.
硬化物(注型品)について、JIS K7191-1:2015及びJIS K7191-1:2015に準拠し、荷重たわみ温度(HDT)測定装置(「HDTテスターS-3M」、株式会社東洋精機製作所製)を用いて荷重たわみ温度を測定し、試験片3枚の測定値(N=3)の平均値を、硬化物の荷重たわみ温度とした。
樹脂組成物(X-5)の硬化物(注型品)の荷重たわみ温度は90℃であった。 <Load Deflection Temperature>
For cured products (cast products), in accordance with JIS K7191-1: 2015 and JIS K7191-1: 2015, load deflection temperature (HDT) measuring device ("HDT Tester S-3M", manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the deflection temperature under load, and the average value of the measured values of 3 test pieces (N = 3) was taken as the deflection temperature under load of the cured product.
The deflection temperature under load of the cured product (cast product) of the resin composition (X-5) was 90°C.
硬化物(注型品)及び硬化物(FRP)について、JIS K7060:1995に準拠し、バーコル硬度計(「GYZJ 934-1」、バーバー・コールマン社製)を用いて、それぞれ測定評価用試験片10枚の光照射面の裏面を測定し、その平均値を硬化物のバーコル硬さとした。
樹脂組成物(X-5)の硬化物硬化物(FRP)のバーコル硬さは、46であった。 <Barcol hardness>
Regarding the cured product (cast product) and cured product (FRP), in accordance with JIS K7060: 1995, using a Barcol hardness tester ("GYZJ 934-1", manufactured by Barber-Coleman), each test piece for measurement evaluation The back surface of 10 light-irradiated surfaces was measured, and the average value was taken as the Barcol hardness of the cured product.
The cured product (FRP) of the resin composition (X-5) had a Barcol hardness of 46.
さらにライニング材の拡径、ライニング材中の樹脂組成物の偏在評価結果から、前記樹脂組成物を含浸させて製造されたライニング材が、管更生に適した特性をもつことが分かった。 The bending strength, bending elastic modulus, and deflection temperature under load of the cured product of the resin composition were measured and evaluated, and it was found that the obtained cured product had sufficient mechanical strength.
Furthermore, from the results of evaluation of diameter expansion of the lining material and uneven distribution of the resin composition in the lining material, it was found that the lining material produced by impregnating the resin composition has properties suitable for pipe rehabilitation.
Claims (13)
- 管更生用ライニング材に用いられる樹脂組成物であって、
樹脂(A)と、
エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)と、
増粘剤(C)と、
光重合開始剤(D)とを含有し、
前記樹脂組成物を調整後1時間経過時の25℃における粘度が0.1~3.0Pa・sであり、
前記樹脂組成物を調整後2日経過時及び5日経過時の少なくともいずれかの25℃における粘度が400~3,500Pa・sである、樹脂組成物。 A resin composition used for a lining material for pipe rehabilitation,
a resin (A);
an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B);
a thickener (C);
containing a photopolymerization initiator (D),
The viscosity at 25 ° C. after 1 hour from the preparation of the resin composition is 0.1 to 3.0 Pa s,
A resin composition having a viscosity of 400 to 3,500 Pa·s at 25° C. at least one of 2 days and 5 days after preparation of the resin composition. - 前記樹脂(A)と前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対し、
前記樹脂(A)を35~90質量部、
前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)を10~65質量部、
前記増粘剤(C)を0.01~6質量部、
前記光重合開始剤(D)を0.01~10質量部含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 With respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
35 to 90 parts by mass of the resin (A),
10 to 65 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C),
The resin composition according to claim 1, comprising 0.01 to 10 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D). - 前記樹脂(A)と前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)の合計100質量部に対し、
前記樹脂(A)を20~80質量部、
前記エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー(B)を20~80質量部、
前記増粘剤(C)を0.01~6質量部、
前記光重合開始剤(D)を0.01~10質量部含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 With respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
20 to 80 parts by mass of the resin (A),
20 to 80 parts by mass of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer (B),
0.01 to 6 parts by mass of the thickener (C),
The resin composition according to claim 1, comprising 0.01 to 10 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (D). - 前記樹脂(A)が、ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)及び不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)から選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin (A) contains at least one selected from vinyl ester resin (A1) and unsaturated polyester resin (A2).
- 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)が、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)及び多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P2)と、多塩基酸無水物(a1-4)との付加反応生成物であり、
前記エポキシ化合物(a1-1)のエポキシ基の総量100モルに対して、前記多塩基酸無水物(a1-3)由来の、エポキシ基と反応し得る酸基の総量が5~25モルである、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The vinyl ester resin (A1) is an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule, an unsaturated monobasic acid (a1-2) and a polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3). It is an addition reaction product of the resin precursor (P2), which is a reaction product, and the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-4),
The total amount of acid groups capable of reacting with epoxy groups derived from the polybasic acid anhydride (a1-3) is 5 to 25 mols per 100 mols of the total amount of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound (a1-1). The resin composition according to claim 4. - 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)が、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P3)と、不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)との反応生成物である、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The vinyl ester resin (A1) is a resin precursor (P3) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5), and an The resin composition according to claim 4, which is a reaction product with a saturated monobasic acid (a1-2).
- 前記ビニルエステル樹脂(A1)が、1分子中に2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物(a1-1)及びビスフェノール化合物(a1-5)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P3)、並びに不飽和一塩基酸(a1-2)の反応生成物である樹脂前駆体(P4)と、不飽和多塩基酸(a1-6)との反応生成物である、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The vinyl ester resin (A1) is a resin precursor (P3) which is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a1-1) having two epoxy groups in one molecule and a bisphenol compound (a1-5), and an inorganic The resin composition according to claim 4, which is a reaction product of a resin precursor (P4), which is a reaction product of a saturated monobasic acid (a1-2), and an unsaturated polybasic acid (a1-6). .
- 前記不飽和ポリエステル樹脂(A2)は、ジオール(a2-1)及び二塩基酸(a2-2)の反応生成物であり、
前記ジオール(a2-1)は、分子量が90~500のアルカンジオールである、ジオール(a2-1-1)を、前記ジオール(a2-1)100モル%に対して43~85モル%含み、
前記二塩基酸(a2-2)は、エチレン性不飽和基含有二塩基酸(a2-2-1)及びエチレン性不飽和基非含有二塩基酸(a2-2-2)を含む、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The unsaturated polyester resin (A2) is a reaction product of diol (a2-1) and dibasic acid (a2-2),
The diol (a2-1) contains 43 to 85 mol% of the diol (a2-1-1), which is an alkanediol having a molecular weight of 90 to 500, relative to 100 mol% of the diol (a2-1),
The claim that the dibasic acid (a2-2) comprises an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing dibasic acid (a2-2-1) and an ethylenically unsaturated group-free dibasic acid (a2-2-2). 4. The resin composition according to 4. - 前記樹脂(A)の水酸基価が10~120KOHmg/gである、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the resin (A) has a hydroxyl value of 10 to 120 KOHmg/g.
- 前記増粘剤(C)が、第2族元素の酸化物及び水酸化物から選択される少なくとも1種である、請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickener (C) is at least one selected from group 2 element oxides and hydroxides.
- 前記樹脂組成物が、水及びヒドロキシ基含有化合物から選択される少なくとも1種である化合物(E)をさらに含有する、請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising at least one compound (E) selected from water and a hydroxy group-containing compound.
- 前記樹脂組成物が、揺変剤をさらに含有する、請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a thixotropic agent.
- 請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂組成物と、繊維基材(F)とを含む、ライニング材用材料。 A lining material comprising the resin composition according to claim 1 or 2 and a fiber base material (F).
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020247004748A KR20240033014A (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-08-12 | Resin compositions and materials for lining materials |
JP2023541471A JPWO2023017852A1 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-08-12 | |
DE112022003933.7T DE112022003933T5 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-08-12 | RESIN COMPOSITION AND MATERIAL FOR LINING MATERIAL |
CN202280055457.5A CN117836338A (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-08-12 | Resin composition and material for lining material |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2021132033 | 2021-08-13 | ||
JP2021-132033 | 2021-08-13 | ||
JP2021166367 | 2021-10-08 | ||
JP2021-166367 | 2021-10-08 | ||
JP2021-211274 | 2021-12-24 | ||
JP2021211274 | 2021-12-24 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023017852A1 true WO2023017852A1 (en) | 2023-02-16 |
Family
ID=85200707
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/030702 WO2023017852A1 (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-08-12 | Resin composition and material for lining material |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2023017852A1 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20240033014A (en) |
DE (1) | DE112022003933T5 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023017852A1 (en) |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS50119846A (en) * | 1974-03-08 | 1975-09-19 | ||
WO1997019136A1 (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 1997-05-29 | Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. | Molding material composition, molding material containing the composition, and process for producing the material |
JPH1143596A (en) * | 1997-07-25 | 1999-02-16 | Nippon Zeon Co Ltd | Radiation curing type unsaturated polyester resin composition, its production and molding of the same composition |
JPH11210981A (en) * | 1998-01-20 | 1999-08-06 | Showa Denko Kk | Photo-curing material for covering or repairing inside face of tubular molded product and its covering method |
JP2007077218A (en) * | 2005-09-13 | 2007-03-29 | Yoshika Kk | Curable resin composition, lining material and tubular lining material |
JP2007291179A (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2007-11-08 | Toa Grout Kogyo Co Ltd | Curable resin composition, lining material and tubular lining material |
JP2011042164A (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2011-03-03 | Sekisui Chem Co Ltd | Method for renovating existing pipe |
WO2014103687A1 (en) * | 2012-12-27 | 2014-07-03 | 昭和電工株式会社 | Curable material for repair of inner surfaces of tubular molded bodies and repair method |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6255139B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2017-12-27 | 昭和電工株式会社 | Radical polymerizable resin composition, curing method thereof, production method thereof, use of radical polymerizable resin composition, and usage method thereof |
JP7217506B2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2023-02-03 | 吉佳エンジニアリング株式会社 | Existing pipe repair method and existing pipe repair system |
-
2022
- 2022-08-12 JP JP2023541471A patent/JPWO2023017852A1/ja active Pending
- 2022-08-12 KR KR1020247004748A patent/KR20240033014A/en unknown
- 2022-08-12 DE DE112022003933.7T patent/DE112022003933T5/en active Pending
- 2022-08-12 WO PCT/JP2022/030702 patent/WO2023017852A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS50119846A (en) * | 1974-03-08 | 1975-09-19 | ||
WO1997019136A1 (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 1997-05-29 | Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. | Molding material composition, molding material containing the composition, and process for producing the material |
JPH1143596A (en) * | 1997-07-25 | 1999-02-16 | Nippon Zeon Co Ltd | Radiation curing type unsaturated polyester resin composition, its production and molding of the same composition |
JPH11210981A (en) * | 1998-01-20 | 1999-08-06 | Showa Denko Kk | Photo-curing material for covering or repairing inside face of tubular molded product and its covering method |
JP2007077218A (en) * | 2005-09-13 | 2007-03-29 | Yoshika Kk | Curable resin composition, lining material and tubular lining material |
JP2007291179A (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2007-11-08 | Toa Grout Kogyo Co Ltd | Curable resin composition, lining material and tubular lining material |
JP2011042164A (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2011-03-03 | Sekisui Chem Co Ltd | Method for renovating existing pipe |
WO2014103687A1 (en) * | 2012-12-27 | 2014-07-03 | 昭和電工株式会社 | Curable material for repair of inner surfaces of tubular molded bodies and repair method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2023017852A1 (en) | 2023-02-16 |
TW202319420A (en) | 2023-05-16 |
DE112022003933T5 (en) | 2024-06-20 |
KR20240033014A (en) | 2024-03-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP4655928B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
JPWO2006025236A1 (en) | Actinic ray curable hyperbranched polymer and actinic ray curable resin composition using the same | |
JPS6211006B2 (en) | ||
WO2023017852A1 (en) | Resin composition and material for lining material | |
WO2023017851A1 (en) | Method for renovating pipe | |
WO2023017853A1 (en) | Lining material | |
TWI843178B (en) | Resin composition and lining materials | |
TWI837768B (en) | Lining material | |
JP2006199942A (en) | Process for production of branched polyether resin composition and process for production of acid pendant type branched polyether resin composition | |
WO2023058323A1 (en) | Resin composition and lining material for pipe rehabilitation use | |
CN117813193A (en) | Method for regenerating pipe | |
WO2023017854A1 (en) | Resin composition and method for producing same, and composite material | |
CN117836338A (en) | Resin composition and material for lining material | |
JP7153991B2 (en) | Unsaturated group-containing polycarboxylic acid resin, photosensitive resin composition containing same, and cured product thereof | |
KR101999596B1 (en) | Resin composition for UV curable sheet and preparation method thereof | |
JP2006321947A (en) | Epoxy(meth)acrylate compound and photocurable and/or thermosetting resin composition containing the compound and its cured product | |
WO2023017855A1 (en) | Resin composition and method for producing same, and composite material | |
JP7424500B2 (en) | Resin composition for photocurable lining material, photocurable lining material, and cured product thereof | |
WO2024090084A1 (en) | Resin composition and composite material | |
TWI839808B (en) | Resin composition, method for producing the same and composite material | |
KR102225655B1 (en) | UV curable sheet resin composition for repairing concrete and waterproof sheet and preparation mehtod thereof | |
JP7288167B2 (en) | Polyamideimide resin containing ethylenically unsaturated group, acid group and secondary hydroxyl group, polyamideimide resin containing ethylenically unsaturated group and acid group, and production method | |
CN117794719A (en) | Lining material | |
WO2024090151A1 (en) | Radically polymerizable resin composition and pipe rehabilitation liner material | |
JP2023145201A (en) | Radical-polymerizable resin composition, composite material, and structure using the radical-polymerizable resin composition |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22855914 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2023541471 Country of ref document: JP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202280055457.5 Country of ref document: CN |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20247004748 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 1020247004748 Country of ref document: KR |